1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright (C) 1995-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 #include "bfd_stdint.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "libiberty.h"
32 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
33 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
35 struct elf_info_failed
37 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
41 /* This structure is used to pass information to
42 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
44 struct elf_find_verdep_info
46 /* General link information. */
47 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
48 /* The number of dependencies. */
50 /* Whether we had a failure. */
54 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
55 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
57 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
59 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
60 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
61 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
65 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
66 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
67 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
69 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
72 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
73 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
74 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
75 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
76 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
80 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
82 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
,
85 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
88 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
90 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
91 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
93 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
94 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
99 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
103 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
104 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
105 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
107 /* This function may be called more than once. */
108 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".got");
112 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
114 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
115 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
116 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
117 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
120 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
124 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
126 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
130 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
132 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
134 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
135 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
140 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
141 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
143 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
145 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
146 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
147 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
148 a global offset table. */
149 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
150 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
151 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
159 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
161 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
163 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
165 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
166 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
167 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
169 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
171 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
172 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
178 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
179 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
180 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
181 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
182 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
183 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
186 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
190 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
191 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
193 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
196 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
199 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
202 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
203 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
205 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
207 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
208 shared library does not. */
209 if (info
->executable
)
211 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
212 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
217 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
218 if they are not needed. */
219 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
220 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
222 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
225 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
226 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
228 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
231 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
232 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
234 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
237 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
238 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
240 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
243 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
244 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
248 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
250 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
253 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
254 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
255 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
256 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
257 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
258 to decide how to initialize the process. */
259 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC");
260 elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
= h
;
266 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
267 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
269 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
271 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
274 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
276 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
277 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
279 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
281 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
282 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
283 variable count of 32-bit words. */
284 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
285 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
287 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
290 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
291 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
292 the .got and .plt sections. */
293 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
294 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
297 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
302 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
305 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
307 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
308 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
310 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
311 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
313 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
314 .rel[a].bss sections. */
315 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
318 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
319 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
320 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
321 to read in from the object file. */
322 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
324 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
325 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
326 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
328 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
330 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
334 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
336 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
338 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
339 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
340 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
345 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
346 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
347 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
348 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
350 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
354 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
357 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
359 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
360 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
361 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
362 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
363 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
364 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
365 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
366 (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
));
370 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
371 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
372 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
373 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
374 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
375 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
376 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
377 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
378 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
379 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
383 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
384 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
385 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
386 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
388 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
396 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
397 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
398 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
399 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
400 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
401 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
405 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
406 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
408 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
410 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
415 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
416 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
417 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
418 this would not be necessary. */
419 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
423 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
424 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
427 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
435 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
436 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
438 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
441 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
442 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
447 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
449 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
450 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
452 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
453 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
454 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
455 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
456 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
459 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
464 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
466 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
472 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
475 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
476 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
477 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
479 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
481 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
482 if(h
->dynamic
|| info
->relocatable
)
485 if ((info
->dynamic_data
486 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
488 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
)))
490 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
491 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
495 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
496 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
499 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
500 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
505 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
506 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
507 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
509 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
512 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
513 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
517 switch (h
->root
.type
)
519 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
520 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
521 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
523 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
524 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
525 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
526 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
527 may depend on this. */
528 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
529 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
530 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
532 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
533 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
536 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
537 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
538 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
539 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
541 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
542 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
543 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
544 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
546 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
547 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
548 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
549 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
551 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
556 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
557 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
558 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
559 force the correct value. */
563 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
565 /* If this symbol is not being provided by the linker script, and it is
566 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular object,
567 then clear out any version information because the symbol will not be
568 associated with the dynamic object any more. */
572 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
578 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
579 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
580 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
581 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
584 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
586 if (!info
->relocatable
588 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
589 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
595 || (info
->executable
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
))
598 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
601 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
602 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
603 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
604 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
605 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
607 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
615 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
616 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
617 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
620 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
625 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
626 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
627 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
628 unsigned long dynstr_index
;
630 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
631 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
633 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
636 /* See if the entry exists already. */
637 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
638 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
641 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
642 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
646 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
647 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
648 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
650 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
654 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
655 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
659 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
660 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
662 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
663 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
664 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
669 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
670 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
671 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
673 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
676 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
677 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
682 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
683 if (dynstr_index
== (unsigned long) -1)
685 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
687 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
689 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
690 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
691 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
692 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
695 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
697 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
699 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
704 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
707 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
711 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
713 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
714 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
719 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
720 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
721 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
724 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
727 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
732 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
733 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
739 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
740 STB_LOCAL binding. */
743 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
746 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
748 if (!h
->forced_local
)
751 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
752 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
757 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
758 omitted when creating a shared library. */
760 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
761 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
764 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
767 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
771 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
772 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
774 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
775 if (p
== htab
->tls_sec
)
778 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
779 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
781 return (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
782 && (ip
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
783 && ip
->output_section
== p
);
785 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
786 against any other section. */
792 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
793 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
794 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
795 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
799 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
800 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
801 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
803 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
805 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
807 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
809 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
810 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
811 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
812 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
813 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
815 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
817 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
819 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
820 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
823 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
825 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
826 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
827 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
830 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
831 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
834 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which
835 we must account for in our count. Unless there weren't any
836 symbols, which means we'll have no table at all. */
837 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
840 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
844 /* Merge st_other field. */
847 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
848 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
849 bfd_boolean definition
, bfd_boolean dynamic
)
851 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
853 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
854 code might be needed here. */
855 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
856 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
861 unsigned symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
862 unsigned hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
864 /* Keep the most constraining visibility. Leave the remainder
865 of the st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
866 if (symvis
- 1 < hvis
- 1)
867 h
->other
= symvis
| (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
869 else if (definition
&& ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
870 h
->protected_def
= 1;
873 /* This function is called when we want to merge a new symbol with an
874 existing symbol. It handles the various cases which arise when we
875 find a definition in a dynamic object, or when there is already a
876 definition in a dynamic object. The new symbol is described by
877 NAME, SYM, PSEC, and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table
878 entry. We set POLDBFD to the old symbol's BFD. We set POLD_WEAK
879 if the old symbol was weak. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT to the alignment
880 of an old common symbol. We set OVERRIDE if the old symbol is
881 overriding a new definition. We set TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for
882 the type to change. We set SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size
883 to change. By OK to change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the
884 type or size does change. */
887 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
888 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
890 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
893 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
895 bfd_boolean
*pold_weak
,
896 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
898 bfd_boolean
*override
,
899 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
900 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
)
902 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
903 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
904 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
905 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
908 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
909 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
910 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
916 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
918 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
919 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
921 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
922 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
927 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
929 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. But we need to make
930 sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are updated. */
932 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
933 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
934 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
936 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
941 switch (h
->root
.type
)
946 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
947 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
948 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
951 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
952 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
953 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
954 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
957 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
958 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
959 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
961 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
964 if (poldbfd
&& *poldbfd
== NULL
)
967 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
968 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
969 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
970 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
972 *pold_weak
= oldweak
;
974 /* This code is for coping with dynamic objects, and is only useful
975 if we are doing an ELF link. */
976 if (!(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
979 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
980 references and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
982 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
984 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
985 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
987 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
989 /* ref_dynamic_nonweak and dynamic_def flags track actual undefined
990 syms and defined syms in dynamic libraries respectively.
991 ref_dynamic on the other hand can be set for a symbol defined in
992 a dynamic library, and def_dynamic may not be set; When the
993 definition in a dynamic lib is overridden by a definition in the
994 executable use of the symbol in the dynamic lib becomes a
995 reference to the executable symbol. */
998 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1000 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1002 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1003 hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1009 hi
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1013 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
1014 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
1015 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
1017 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1023 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1024 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1025 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1026 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1027 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1028 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1030 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1031 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1032 || !h
->def_regular
))
1037 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1038 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1040 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1041 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1042 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1045 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1046 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1048 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1050 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1051 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1052 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1054 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1055 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1057 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1058 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1060 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1061 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1063 /* When we try to create a default indirect symbol from the dynamic
1064 definition with the default version, we skip it if its type and
1065 the type of existing regular definition mismatch. */
1066 if (pold_alignment
== NULL
1070 && (((olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1071 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1072 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1073 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1074 && !(newfunc
&& oldfunc
))
1076 && ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
1077 != (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)))))
1083 /* Check TLS symbols. We don't check undefined symbols introduced
1084 by "ld -u" which have no type (and oldbfd NULL), and we don't
1085 check symbols from plugins because they also have no type. */
1087 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1088 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1089 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1090 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1093 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1094 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1096 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1116 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1117 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1118 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1119 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1120 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1121 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1122 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1123 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1124 tbfd
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1126 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1127 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1128 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1129 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1131 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1132 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1133 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1134 tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1136 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1140 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1141 definition from a dynamic object. */
1143 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1144 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1147 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1149 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1150 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1151 recorded as dynamic.
1153 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1154 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1155 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1160 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1163 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1164 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1165 object, we remove the old definition. */
1166 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1168 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1169 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1170 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1171 was referenced before. */
1174 hi
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1175 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1176 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, hi
, h
);
1178 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1179 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1181 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1182 any dynamic link state. */
1183 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1184 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1191 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1201 /* If the old symbol was undefined before, then it will still be
1202 on the undefs list. If the new symbol is undefined or
1203 common, we can't make it bfd_link_hash_new here, because new
1204 undefined or common symbols will be added to the undefs list
1205 by _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol. Symbols may not be
1206 added twice to the undefs list. Also, if the new symbol is
1207 undefweak then we don't want to lose the strong undef. */
1208 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1210 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1211 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1215 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1216 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1219 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1221 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1222 any dynamic link state. */
1223 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1224 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1230 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1236 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1237 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1238 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1239 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1240 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1241 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1242 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1244 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1245 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1247 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& olddyn
)
1249 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1252 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1253 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1254 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1256 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1257 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1258 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1263 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1264 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1266 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1267 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1270 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1271 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1273 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1274 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1275 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1276 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1277 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1278 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1279 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1280 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1281 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1282 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1283 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1286 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1287 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1289 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1290 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1291 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1292 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1293 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1299 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1300 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1303 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1305 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1309 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1311 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1312 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1315 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1317 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1319 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1320 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1321 if (bed
->merge_symbol
!= NULL
)
1323 if (!bed
->merge_symbol (h
, sym
, psec
, newdef
, olddef
, oldbfd
, oldsec
))
1328 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1329 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1334 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1336 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1337 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1338 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1339 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1340 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1342 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1343 (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1346 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1347 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1349 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1352 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1353 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1354 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1355 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1356 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1357 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1359 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1360 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1361 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1362 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1363 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1364 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1369 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1370 && (newweak
|| newfunc
))))
1374 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1376 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1377 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1379 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1380 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1381 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1382 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1383 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1385 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1386 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1389 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1390 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1391 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1392 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1396 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1400 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1401 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1402 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1403 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1406 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1407 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1409 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1410 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1411 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1412 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1418 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1419 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1421 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1422 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1423 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1427 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1432 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1433 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1434 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1435 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1436 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1438 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1439 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1440 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1445 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1446 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1451 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1452 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1455 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1456 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1457 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1460 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1462 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1463 overriding a function. */
1465 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1469 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1470 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1473 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1475 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1478 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1481 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1482 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1483 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1484 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1487 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1488 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1489 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1490 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1491 in the shared library. */
1494 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1497 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1498 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1499 or the alignment. */
1500 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1501 (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1504 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1505 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1507 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1510 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1511 in the dynamic object. */
1512 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1513 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1516 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1518 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1519 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1521 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1522 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1524 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1527 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1532 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1533 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1534 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1535 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1536 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1537 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1538 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1539 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1543 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1550 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1551 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1552 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, SEC, and VALUE. We
1553 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1556 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1557 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1558 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1560 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1564 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
)
1566 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1567 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1570 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1571 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1572 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1573 bfd_boolean collect
;
1574 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1575 bfd_boolean override
;
1577 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1580 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1581 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1582 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1583 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1584 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1585 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1588 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1589 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1590 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1592 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1593 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1594 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1596 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1597 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1599 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1600 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1601 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1602 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1603 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1604 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1606 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1607 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1608 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
1617 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1618 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
, bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1619 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1621 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1625 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1626 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1627 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1628 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1629 name, and it is the default version.
1631 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1632 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1633 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1635 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1636 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1637 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1638 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1639 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1640 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1641 definition in the regular object. */
1643 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1644 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1645 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1647 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1648 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1652 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1656 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1661 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1662 other fields correctly. */
1666 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
1667 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1668 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1670 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1671 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
1672 the user in that case. */
1674 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1676 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
1678 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1679 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
1681 /* A reference to the SHORTNAME symbol from a dynamic library
1682 will be satisfied by the versioned symbol at runtime. In
1683 effect, we have a reference to the versioned symbol. */
1684 ht
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
1685 hi
->dynamic_def
|= ht
->dynamic_def
;
1687 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
1693 if (! info
->executable
1700 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1706 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
1710 len
= strlen (name
);
1711 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
1712 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1714 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1715 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
1717 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
1718 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1719 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1721 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1722 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1723 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
1731 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
1732 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
1733 overridden by a versioned definition. */
1734 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1735 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1736 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1737 (_("%B: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
1743 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1744 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1745 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1747 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1749 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1750 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
1751 to the user in that case. */
1753 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1755 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
1756 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
1757 hi
->dynamic_def
|= h
->dynamic_def
;
1759 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
1765 if (! info
->executable
1771 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1781 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
1782 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1785 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1787 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
1789 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
1790 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1793 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
1794 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
1797 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
1798 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
1799 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
1800 h
->root
.root
.string
))
1802 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
1812 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
1813 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
1814 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
1815 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1818 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1821 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
1822 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1823 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1826 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
1831 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
1832 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
1833 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
1836 /* See if we already know about this version. */
1837 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
1841 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
1844 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1845 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
1851 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
1856 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1859 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1863 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
1864 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
1865 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
1869 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1872 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1876 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
1877 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
1878 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
1880 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
1882 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
1883 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
1885 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
1888 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
1895 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
1896 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
1897 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
1898 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1901 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1903 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
1904 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1905 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1906 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
1910 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
1913 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
1916 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
1919 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1923 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
1925 if (!h
->def_regular
)
1928 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
1929 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1930 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
1932 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
1937 /* There are two consecutive ELF_VER_CHR characters if this is
1938 not a hidden symbol. */
1940 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
1946 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
1954 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
1955 for (t
= sinfo
->info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
1957 if (strcmp (t
->name
, p
) == 0)
1961 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
1963 len
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
1964 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
1967 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1970 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
1971 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
1972 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
1973 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
1975 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
1979 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
1980 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
1982 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
1984 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
1986 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
1989 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
1990 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1998 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
1999 version node for this version. */
2000 if (t
== NULL
&& info
->executable
)
2002 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2005 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2006 to worry about it. */
2007 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2011 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2014 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2019 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2023 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2024 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2025 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2027 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2031 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2035 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2039 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2040 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2041 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2042 (_("%B: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2043 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2044 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2045 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2053 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2055 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2060 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2061 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2062 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2063 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2069 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2070 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2071 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2072 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2073 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2074 relocations should be stored.
2076 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2079 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2081 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2082 void *external_relocs
,
2083 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2085 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2086 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2087 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2088 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2089 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2090 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2093 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2094 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2097 /* Read the relocations. */
2098 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2101 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2102 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2104 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2106 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2107 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2108 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2109 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2110 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2113 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2117 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2118 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
2119 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2120 while (erela
< erelaend
)
2124 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2125 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2126 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2130 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2132 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2133 (_("%B: bad reloc symbol index (0x%lx >= 0x%lx)"
2134 " for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
2136 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2137 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2141 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2143 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2144 (_("%B: non-zero symbol index (0x%lx) for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"
2145 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2147 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2148 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2151 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2152 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2158 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2159 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2160 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2161 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2162 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2163 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2164 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2165 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2166 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2169 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2171 void *external_relocs
,
2172 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2173 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2175 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2176 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2177 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2178 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2179 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2181 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2182 return esdo
->relocs
;
2184 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2187 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2191 size
= o
->reloc_count
;
2192 size
*= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2194 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2196 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2197 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2201 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2203 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2206 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2208 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2210 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2213 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2216 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2219 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2223 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2224 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2225 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2226 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2230 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2232 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2235 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2237 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2242 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2243 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2245 return internal_relocs
;
2253 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2260 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2261 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2264 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2265 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2267 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2269 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2270 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2272 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2273 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2274 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2275 we zero the allocated space. */
2276 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2277 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2280 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2282 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2284 p
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2285 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
2289 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2295 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2296 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2300 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2301 asection
*input_section
,
2302 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2303 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2304 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2307 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2308 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2310 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2311 asection
*output_section
;
2312 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2313 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2314 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2316 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2318 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2319 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2320 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2322 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2323 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2325 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2326 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2328 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2329 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2333 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2334 (_("%B: relocation size mismatch in %B section %A"),
2335 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2336 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2340 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2341 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2342 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2343 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2344 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2345 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2347 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2348 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2349 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2352 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2354 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2359 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2362 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2363 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2367 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2368 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2373 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2374 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2375 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2376 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2377 the face of future changes. */
2380 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2381 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2383 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2385 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2386 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2387 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2388 an ELF dynamic object. */
2391 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2392 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2394 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2395 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2398 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2402 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2403 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2404 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2407 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2413 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2417 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2426 /* If a plugin symbol is referenced from a non-IR file, mark
2427 the symbol as undefined, except for symbol for linker
2429 if (h
->root
.non_ir_ref
2430 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2431 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2432 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
2433 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2434 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
2436 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
2437 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
2440 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2441 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2442 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2443 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2444 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2445 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2446 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2447 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2449 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2450 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2451 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2452 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2453 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2457 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2458 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2459 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2460 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2463 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2464 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2465 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2466 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2467 flag will not have been set. */
2468 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2472 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
2475 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2476 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2477 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2478 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2479 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2480 will force it local. */
2482 && eif
->info
->shared
2483 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2484 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2485 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2488 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2490 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2491 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2492 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2495 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2496 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2497 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2498 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2499 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2501 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2502 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2503 over to the real definition. */
2504 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2506 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2507 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2508 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2509 if (h
->u
.weakdef
->def_regular
)
2510 h
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
2513 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weakdef
= h
->u
.weakdef
;
2515 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2516 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2518 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2519 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2520 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->def_dynamic
);
2521 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2522 || weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2523 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, weakdef
, h
);
2530 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2531 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2535 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2537 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2539 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2541 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2544 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2545 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2548 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2549 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2552 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2553 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2554 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2555 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2556 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2557 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2558 referenced by another one? */
2560 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
2564 && (h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
|| h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1))))
2566 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2570 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2571 can happen via a recursive call. */
2572 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2575 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2576 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2577 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2578 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2579 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2581 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
2582 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
2583 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
2584 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
2586 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
2587 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
2588 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
2589 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
2590 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
2591 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
2592 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
2595 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
2596 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
2597 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
2598 extern int timezone;
2600 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
2601 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
2602 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
2603 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
2604 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
2605 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
2606 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
2607 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
2609 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2611 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
2612 H->U.WEAKDEF by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
2613 h
->u
.weakdef
->ref_regular
= 1;
2615 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
2616 H->U.WEAKDEF before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
2617 if (! _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h
->u
.weakdef
, eif
))
2621 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
2622 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
2623 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
2624 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
2625 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
2627 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
2629 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2630 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
2631 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2633 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
;
2634 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
2636 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2645 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
2649 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2650 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2653 unsigned int power_of_two
;
2655 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
2657 /* The section aligment of definition is the maximum alignment
2658 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
2659 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
2660 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
2661 for the minimum alignment. */
2662 power_of_two
= bfd_get_section_alignment (sec
->owner
, sec
);
2663 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
2664 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
2670 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
,
2673 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
2674 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
, dynbss
,
2679 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
2680 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
2682 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
2683 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
2684 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
2686 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
2687 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
2689 if (h
->protected_def
)
2691 info
->callbacks
->einfo
2692 (_("%P: copy reloc against protected `%T' is invalid\n"),
2693 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2694 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2701 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
2702 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
2705 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2709 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2710 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2711 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
2712 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
2714 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
2716 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
2717 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
2718 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
2719 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
2720 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2726 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2727 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
2728 considered to bind dynamically. */
2731 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2732 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2733 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
2735 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
2736 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2737 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2742 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2743 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2744 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2746 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
2747 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2749 if (h
->forced_local
)
2752 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
2753 visible symbol resolves locally. */
2754 binding_stays_local_p
= info
->executable
|| SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
);
2756 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2763 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2764 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2767 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2769 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
2770 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
2771 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
2772 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
2773 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
2780 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
2781 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2784 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
2785 us that it remains local. */
2786 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
2789 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2790 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
2791 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
2792 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
2793 for the place where forced_local and dynindx == -1 are tested. If
2794 either of those tests are true, _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say
2795 the symbol is local, while _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say
2796 the symbol is local only for defined symbols.
2797 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
2798 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
2799 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
2800 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
2803 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2804 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2805 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
2807 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2808 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2810 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
2814 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
2815 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
2816 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
2819 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
2820 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
2821 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2823 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
2824 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
2825 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
2828 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
2829 if (h
->forced_local
)
2832 /* As do non-dynamic symbols. */
2833 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2836 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
2837 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
2838 shared libraries. */
2839 if (info
->executable
|| SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
2842 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
2843 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
2844 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
2847 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2848 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2851 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2853 /* STV_PROTECTED non-function symbols are local. */
2854 if (!bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
2857 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
2858 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
2859 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
2860 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
2861 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
2862 return local_protected
;
2865 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
2866 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
2868 struct bfd_section
*
2869 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2871 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
2872 unsigned int align
= 0;
2874 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2875 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2879 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
2880 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
2881 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
2883 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
2885 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
2886 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
2888 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
2893 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
2895 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2896 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
2898 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2900 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
2901 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
2902 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
2905 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2906 /* Function symbols do not count. */
2907 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
2910 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
2911 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
2914 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
2915 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
2916 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
2919 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
2920 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
2921 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
2922 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
2924 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
2926 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
2927 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
2928 in the same way that it used to do. */
2934 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
2935 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
2936 the symbol is defined in this element. */
2938 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
2940 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
2941 bfd_size_type symcount
;
2942 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
2943 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
2944 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
2945 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
2946 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
2949 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
2953 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
2956 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. */
2957 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2958 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2960 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2962 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2964 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
2965 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
2966 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
2968 extsymcount
= symcount
;
2973 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
2974 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
2977 if (extsymcount
== 0)
2980 /* Read in the symbol table. */
2981 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
2983 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
2986 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
2988 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
2992 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
2997 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
2999 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3009 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3012 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3016 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3017 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3019 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3020 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3021 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3023 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3024 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3027 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3028 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3029 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3031 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3032 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3033 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3037 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3038 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3041 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3046 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3047 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3048 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3051 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3052 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3056 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3057 bfd_size_type strindex
;
3059 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3062 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3063 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3064 if (strindex
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3067 if (_bfd_elf_strtab_refcount (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
) != 1)
3070 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3073 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3074 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3076 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3077 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3078 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3080 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3082 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3083 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3084 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3086 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3094 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3097 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3101 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3102 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3108 on_needed_list (const char *soname
, struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
)
3110 for (; needed
!= NULL
; needed
= needed
->next
)
3111 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (needed
->by
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) == 0
3112 && strcmp (soname
, needed
->name
) == 0)
3118 /* Sort symbol by value, section, and size. */
3120 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3122 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3123 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3124 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3126 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3127 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3128 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3130 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3133 long sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3135 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3137 vdiff
= h1
->size
- h2
->size
;
3138 return vdiff
== 0 ? 0 : vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3141 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3142 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3145 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3147 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3149 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3150 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3154 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3158 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3160 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3161 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3162 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3163 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3166 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3169 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3170 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3172 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3173 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3174 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3176 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3177 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3178 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3179 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3181 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3183 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3187 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3197 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3202 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3205 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3206 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3207 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3208 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3210 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3211 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3213 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3214 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3219 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3220 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3222 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3226 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3228 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3229 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3231 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3233 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3234 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3235 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3237 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3238 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3239 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3242 while (def
.vd_next
);
3245 /* Adjust version references. */
3246 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3251 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3252 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3254 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3258 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3260 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3261 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3262 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3263 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3264 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3266 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3267 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3268 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3270 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3272 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3273 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3276 while (need
.vn_next
);
3282 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3283 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3287 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3288 const bfd_target
*output
)
3290 return input
== output
;
3293 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3294 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3295 are virtually identical. */
3298 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3299 const bfd_target
*output
)
3301 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3303 if (input
== output
)
3306 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3307 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3309 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3312 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3313 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3316 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to tell it that
3317 we are about to handle an as-needed lib, or have finished
3318 processing the lib. */
3321 _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
3322 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3323 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
3325 return (*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, NULL
, ibfd
, NULL
, act
, 0);
3328 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3331 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3333 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3334 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3335 bfd_size_type symcount
;
3336 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
3337 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
3338 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3339 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3340 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3341 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3342 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3343 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3344 bfd_size_type nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3345 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3346 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3347 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3348 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3349 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3350 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3352 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3353 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3354 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3355 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3356 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3358 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3359 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3360 long old_dynsymcount
= 0;
3361 bfd_size_type old_dynstr_size
= 0;
3364 bfd_boolean just_syms
;
3366 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3367 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3369 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3375 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3376 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3377 the format of the output file. */
3378 if (info
->relocatable
3379 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3380 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3382 if (info
->relocatable
)
3383 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3385 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3390 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3391 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3392 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3393 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3394 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3395 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3396 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3397 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3398 (_("%P: alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %B, expecting %d\n"),
3399 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3401 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3402 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3403 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3404 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3405 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
3406 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3410 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3411 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3416 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3418 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3419 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3420 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3421 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3422 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3423 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3424 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3425 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3429 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3431 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3433 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3435 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3436 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3441 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3445 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3450 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3451 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3452 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
3455 if (!info
->relocatable
&& info
->executable
)
3457 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3458 not get copied into the output file. */
3461 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
3462 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
3463 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3468 just_syms
= ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3469 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
);
3474 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3475 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3476 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3477 format and is not from ld --just-symbols. FIXME: If there
3478 are no input BFD's of the same format as the output, we can't
3479 make a shared library. */
3482 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3483 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
3484 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
3486 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
3490 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3494 const char *soname
= NULL
;
3496 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
3499 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
3500 ld shouldn't allow it. */
3504 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
3505 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
3506 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
3507 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
3508 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
3509 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
3511 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
3512 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
3513 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
3515 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3520 unsigned int elfsec
;
3521 unsigned long shlink
;
3523 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
3530 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
3531 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
3532 goto error_free_dyn
;
3533 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
3535 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
3536 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
3537 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3539 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3541 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3542 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
3544 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3545 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3547 goto error_free_dyn
;
3549 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
3551 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3553 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3555 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3556 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3557 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3558 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3559 goto error_free_dyn
;
3560 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3561 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3563 goto error_free_dyn
;
3564 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3568 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3572 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
3574 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3576 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3578 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3579 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3580 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3581 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3582 goto error_free_dyn
;
3583 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3584 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3586 goto error_free_dyn
;
3587 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3591 for (pn
= & runpath
;
3597 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
3598 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
3600 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3602 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3604 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3605 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3606 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3607 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3608 goto error_free_dyn
;
3609 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3610 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3612 goto error_free_dyn
;
3613 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3623 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
3625 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3626 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3633 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
3634 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
3640 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
3641 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3646 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
3647 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
3648 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
3649 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
3650 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
3651 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
3653 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
3655 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
3656 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
3657 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
3658 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
3660 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3662 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
3663 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3664 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
3667 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
3668 will need to know it. */
3669 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
3671 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
3675 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
3676 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
3677 particular dynamic object more than once. */
3681 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
3682 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
3685 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
3686 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
3687 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
3688 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
3690 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3691 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3693 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3695 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3697 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3698 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
3700 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3702 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3707 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3708 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3711 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
3712 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
3714 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3716 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3719 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
3721 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each
3723 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
3724 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3725 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
3726 goto error_free_sym
;
3727 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
3733 /* Read in any version definitions. */
3734 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
3735 info
->default_imported_symver
))
3736 goto error_free_sym
;
3738 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
3739 to internal format. */
3740 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
3742 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
3744 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
3745 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
3746 if (extversym
== NULL
)
3747 goto error_free_sym
;
3748 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
3749 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3750 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
3751 goto error_free_vers
;
3755 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
3756 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
3757 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
3758 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
3763 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
3765 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
3766 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3768 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
3770 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
3771 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3772 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3773 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3777 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
3778 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
);
3779 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
3780 goto error_free_vers
;
3782 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
3783 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
3784 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
3785 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
3786 goto error_free_vers
;
3788 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
3789 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
3790 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_as_needed
))
3791 goto error_free_vers
;
3793 /* Clone the symbol table. Remember some pointers into the
3794 symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
3795 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
3796 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
3797 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
3798 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
3799 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
3800 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
3801 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
3802 old_dynsymcount
= htab
->dynsymcount
;
3803 old_dynstr_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (htab
->dynstr
);
3805 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
3807 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
3808 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3810 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
3812 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
3813 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3814 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
3815 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3817 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
3818 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3825 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
3826 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
3828 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
3832 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
3835 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3836 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
3837 bfd_boolean definition
;
3838 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
3839 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
3840 bfd_boolean new_weakdef
;
3841 bfd_boolean new_weak
;
3842 bfd_boolean old_weak
;
3843 bfd_boolean override
;
3845 unsigned int old_alignment
;
3850 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
3852 value
= isym
->st_value
;
3853 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
3855 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
3859 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
3860 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
3861 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
3866 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
3874 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
3875 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
3879 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
3883 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3884 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3885 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
3886 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3887 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
3889 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
3890 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
3891 calls the value we call the alignment. */
3892 value
= isym
->st_size
;
3896 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3898 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3899 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
3901 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
3903 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3904 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
3906 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
3910 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3913 goto error_free_vers
;
3915 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
3916 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
3918 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
3922 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
3924 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
3926 goto error_free_vers
;
3930 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
3931 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
3932 && !info
->relocatable
)
3934 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
3938 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
3939 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3940 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
3942 goto error_free_vers
;
3946 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
3948 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
3950 goto error_free_vers
;
3952 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
3953 should be skipped for some reason. */
3958 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
3961 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3962 goto error_free_vers
;
3965 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's
3966 no way to combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block
3967 for this executable. */
3968 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
3969 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
3972 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
3973 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
3978 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
3979 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
3985 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3987 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
3988 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
3993 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
3994 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
3995 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
4000 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
4002 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
4004 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
4005 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
4006 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4007 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4008 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4009 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4011 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4012 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4015 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4018 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4020 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4022 else if (vernum
> 1)
4024 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4030 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4031 (_("%B: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4033 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4034 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4035 goto error_free_vers
;
4040 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4041 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4042 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4044 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4047 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4051 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4053 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4055 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4057 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4066 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4067 (_("%B: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4068 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4069 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4070 goto error_free_vers
;
4074 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4075 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4076 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4077 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4078 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4081 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4082 if (newname
== NULL
)
4083 goto error_free_vers
;
4084 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4085 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4087 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4088 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4089 default version of the symbol. */
4090 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4091 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4093 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4098 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has
4099 requested we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
4103 || (abfd
->my_archive
&& abfd
->my_archive
->no_export
))
4104 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
4105 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
4106 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
4108 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
4109 sym_hash
, &old_bfd
, &old_weak
,
4110 &old_alignment
, &skip
, &override
,
4111 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
4112 goto error_free_vers
;
4121 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4122 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4123 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4125 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4128 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4131 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4132 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4133 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4134 goto error_free_vers
;
4137 /* We need to make sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are
4140 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4141 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4142 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4146 new_weak
= (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0;
4147 new_weakdef
= FALSE
;
4151 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4152 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4153 && h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
)
4155 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4156 a dynamic object, using the weakdef field. Later in this
4157 function we will set the weakdef field to the correct
4158 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4159 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4160 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4161 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4162 figure out. If the weakdef field is not already NULL,
4163 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4164 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4165 definition anyhow. */
4167 h
->u
.weakdef
= weaks
;
4172 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4173 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4174 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4179 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4182 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4183 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4184 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4186 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4187 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4189 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4192 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4194 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4195 reference or definition we just found. A dynamic symbol
4196 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4197 object and a shared object. */
4198 bfd_boolean dynsym
= FALSE
;
4200 /* Plugin symbols aren't normal. Don't set def_regular or
4201 ref_regular for them, or make them dynamic. */
4202 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4209 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4210 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4222 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4223 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4224 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4225 && (! info
->executable
4235 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
4240 hi
->def_dynamic
= 1;
4243 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4244 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4245 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4248 || (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4250 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
!= -1)))
4254 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4255 the default name. */
4257 || (!override
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4258 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4259 sec
, value
, &old_bfd
, &dynsym
))
4260 goto error_free_vers
;
4262 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4263 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4264 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4265 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4266 alignment is maintained. */
4267 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4268 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4270 unsigned int common_align
;
4271 unsigned int normal_align
;
4272 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4276 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4277 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
4279 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4280 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4281 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
4283 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4284 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4285 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4288 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4292 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4293 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4298 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4300 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4303 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4305 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4306 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4307 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4308 (_("Warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %B is"
4309 " greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %A"),
4310 common_bfd
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
4311 1 << common_align
, name
, 1 << normal_align
);
4313 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4314 (_("Warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %B"
4315 " is smaller than %u in %B"),
4316 normal_bfd
, common_bfd
,
4317 1 << normal_align
, name
, 1 << common_align
);
4321 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4322 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
4323 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
4324 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4327 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4328 && ! size_change_ok
)
4329 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4330 (_("Warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4331 " from %lu in %B to %lu in %B"),
4333 name
, (unsigned long) h
->size
,
4334 (unsigned long) isym
->st_size
);
4336 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4339 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4340 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4341 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4342 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4343 covered by --warn-common. Allow changes between different
4345 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4346 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4348 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
4349 && ((definition
&& !new_weak
)
4350 || (old_weak
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4351 || h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
4353 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
4355 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
4357 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4358 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4361 if (h
->type
!= type
)
4363 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
4364 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4365 (_("Warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
4366 " from %d to %d in %B"),
4367 abfd
, name
, h
->type
, type
);
4373 /* Merge st_other field. */
4374 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, definition
, dynamic
);
4376 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
4377 if (definition
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) && !info
->relocatable
)
4380 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
4381 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4386 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
4387 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
4390 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
4392 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4393 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4395 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
4396 aliases can be checked. */
4399 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
4400 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4402 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4404 goto error_free_vers
;
4406 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
4410 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
4412 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4413 goto error_free_vers
;
4414 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4416 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
4418 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
4419 goto error_free_vers
;
4422 else if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
4423 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
4424 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
4426 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4430 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4435 /* Don't add DT_NEEDED for references from the dummy bfd. */
4439 && h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4441 || (old_bfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
4442 || (h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
4443 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
4444 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
), htab
->needed
))))
4447 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4449 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%!", soname
, old_bfd
,
4450 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4452 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
4453 other library is referenced by a regular object.
4454 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
4455 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
4458 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
4460 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4461 (_("%B: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
4463 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_missing_dso
);
4464 goto error_free_vers
;
4467 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
4468 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
4471 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4473 goto error_free_vers
;
4475 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
4480 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4486 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4492 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4496 /* Restore the symbol table. */
4497 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4498 memset (elf_sym_hashes (abfd
), 0,
4499 extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4500 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
4501 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
4502 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
4503 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
4504 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
4505 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
4506 _bfd_elf_strtab_restore_size (htab
->dynstr
, old_dynstr_size
);
4507 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4509 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4510 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4512 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4514 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4516 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4517 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4518 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4519 if (h
->dynindx
>= old_dynsymcount
4520 && h
->dynstr_index
< old_dynstr_size
)
4521 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
4523 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
4524 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
4525 since it can still be loaded at run time by another
4527 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4529 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4530 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
4535 alignment_power
= 0;
4537 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4538 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4539 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4540 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4542 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4543 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4544 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4546 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4548 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
4549 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
4550 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
4551 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
4556 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4557 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
4558 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_not_needed
))
4559 goto error_free_vers
;
4562 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
4564 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4565 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4569 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
4571 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_needed
))
4572 goto error_free_vers
;
4577 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, handle
4578 .symver foo, foo@BAR such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
4579 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4581 bfd_size_type cnt
, symidx
;
4583 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
4585 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
4586 char *shortname
, *p
;
4588 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4590 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
4591 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4594 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
4595 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
4597 goto error_free_vers
;
4598 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
4599 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
4601 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
4602 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
4603 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4605 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
4606 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
4607 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
4609 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
4610 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4611 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4612 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
4613 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4615 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
4616 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
4618 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
4624 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4625 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
4628 /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined
4629 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
4630 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
4631 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
4632 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
4633 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
4634 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
4635 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
4636 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
4637 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
4638 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
4639 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
4643 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
4644 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
4645 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
4646 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4649 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
4650 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
4651 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
4652 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4653 sorted_sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4654 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
4656 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
4657 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4658 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
4660 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
4664 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4665 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
4673 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
4674 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
4677 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
4679 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
4682 size_t i
, j
, idx
= 0;
4685 weaks
= hlook
->u
.weakdef
;
4686 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
4688 BFD_ASSERT (hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4689 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
4690 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
4691 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
);
4692 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4693 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4699 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
4701 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4702 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4709 long sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
4719 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
4723 /* With multiple aliases, or when the weak symbol is already
4724 strongly defined, we have multiple matching symbols and
4725 the binary search above may land on any of them. Step
4726 one past the matching symbol(s). */
4729 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4730 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
4731 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
4735 /* Now look back over the aliases. Since we sorted by size
4736 as well as value and section, we'll choose the one with
4737 the largest size. */
4740 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4742 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
4743 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
4744 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
4746 else if (h
!= hlook
)
4748 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= h
;
4750 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
4751 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
4753 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
4755 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4758 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
4763 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
4764 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
4765 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
4766 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
4767 real definition and the weak definition. */
4768 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
4770 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
4771 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
4778 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
4781 if (bed
->check_directives
4782 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
4785 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
4786 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
4789 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
4790 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
4791 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
4792 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
4793 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
4794 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
4795 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
4796 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
4797 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
4798 This would be a good case for using mmap.
4800 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
4801 different format. It probably can't be done. */
4803 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4804 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
4805 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
4806 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
4810 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
4812 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
4815 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
4816 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
4817 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
4818 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
4819 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
4822 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
4824 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
4827 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
4829 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
4830 free (internal_relocs
);
4837 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
4838 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
4840 && ! info
->traditional_format
4841 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4842 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
4846 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
4847 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
4849 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
4852 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
4853 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
4854 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
4855 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
4856 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
4857 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
4859 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
4861 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
4862 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
4863 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
4866 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
4867 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
4872 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
4874 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
4875 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
4877 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*)
4878 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_link_loaded_list
));
4882 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
4889 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
4891 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4892 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4893 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4896 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4902 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
4903 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
4905 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4906 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4907 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4910 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4914 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4918 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
4919 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
4920 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
4921 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
4923 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4924 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4927 /* First check with only one `@'. */
4928 len
= strlen (name
);
4929 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
4931 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1;
4933 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
4934 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
4935 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
4937 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4940 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
4942 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
4943 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
4944 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4947 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
4951 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
4952 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because we need to
4953 handle versioned symbols.
4955 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
4956 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
4957 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
4958 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
4961 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
4962 table until nothing further is resolved. */
4965 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4968 unsigned char *included
= NULL
;
4972 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4973 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
4974 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
4976 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
4978 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
4979 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
4981 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
4985 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
4986 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
4987 second and subsequent passes. */
4988 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
4992 amt
*= sizeof (*included
);
4993 included
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
4994 if (included
== NULL
)
4997 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
4998 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4999 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5012 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5013 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5015 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5017 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5022 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5028 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5029 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1)
5035 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5037 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5038 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5039 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5040 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5043 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5044 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5045 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5046 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5047 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5049 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5052 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5054 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5055 /* Symbol must be defined. Don't check it again. */
5060 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5061 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5062 if (element
== NULL
)
5065 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5068 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5070 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5071 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5073 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5076 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5077 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5078 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5079 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5080 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5081 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5082 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5083 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5086 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5087 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5091 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5096 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5098 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5099 on through the loop. */
5100 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5110 if (included
!= NULL
)
5115 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5119 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5121 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5124 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5126 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5128 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5133 struct hash_codes_info
5135 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5139 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5140 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5143 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5145 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5151 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5152 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5155 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5156 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5159 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5165 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5166 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5170 /* Compute the hash value. */
5171 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5173 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5174 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5176 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5178 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5186 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5189 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5190 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5191 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5192 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5193 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5194 unsigned long int *indx
;
5195 unsigned long int *counts
;
5198 long int min_dynindx
;
5199 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5200 unsigned long int symindx
;
5201 long int local_indx
;
5202 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5203 unsigned long int mask
;
5207 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5208 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5211 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5213 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5219 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5220 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5223 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5224 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5227 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5228 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5231 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5237 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5238 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5242 /* Compute the hash value. */
5243 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5245 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5246 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5247 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5248 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5250 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5251 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5259 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5260 final dynaminc symbol renumbering. */
5263 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5265 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5266 unsigned long int bucket
;
5267 unsigned long int val
;
5269 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5270 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5273 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5274 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5276 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5277 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5281 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5282 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5283 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5284 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5286 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5287 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5288 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5289 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5291 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5292 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5293 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5294 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
5298 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5301 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5303 return !(h
->forced_local
5304 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5305 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5306 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5307 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5308 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
5311 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
5312 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
5313 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
5314 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
5315 than 32771 buckets. */
5317 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
5319 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
5323 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
5324 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
5325 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
5326 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
5327 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
5328 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
5329 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
5330 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
5332 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5333 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5334 unsigned long int nsyms
,
5337 size_t best_size
= 0;
5338 unsigned long int i
;
5340 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
5341 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
5342 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
5343 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
5348 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
5349 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5350 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
5351 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
5352 unsigned long int *counts
;
5354 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
5356 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
5357 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
5359 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
5362 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
5367 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
5371 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
5372 since the size could be large. */
5374 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
5375 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5379 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
5380 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
5382 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
5384 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
5385 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
5386 unsigned long int j
;
5387 unsigned long int fact
;
5389 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
5392 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
5394 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
5395 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
5396 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
5398 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
5399 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
5400 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
5401 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
5402 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
5403 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
5404 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
5407 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
5409 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
5412 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
5413 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
5414 over a few long chains). */
5415 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5416 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
5418 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
5419 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5422 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
5423 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
5424 empty slots (the +1 term). */
5425 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5426 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
5428 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
5429 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
5430 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5434 /* Compare with current best results. */
5435 if (max
< best_chlen
)
5439 no_improvement_count
= 0;
5441 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
5442 when there are a large number of symbols. */
5443 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
5450 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
5452 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
5453 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
5454 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
5455 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
5457 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
5458 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
5461 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
5468 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
5471 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5475 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5476 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
5477 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
5482 /* Set a default stack segment size. The value in INFO wins. If it
5483 is unset, LEGACY_SYMBOL's value is used, and if that symbol is
5484 undefined it is initialized. */
5487 bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5488 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5489 const char *legacy_symbol
,
5490 bfd_vma default_size
)
5492 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5494 /* Look for legacy symbol. */
5496 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), legacy_symbol
,
5497 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5498 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5499 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5501 && (h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
|| h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
))
5503 /* The symbol has no type if specified on the command line. */
5504 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5505 if (info
->stacksize
)
5506 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: stack size specified and %s set"),
5507 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5508 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5509 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: %s not absolute"),
5510 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5512 info
->stacksize
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5515 if (!info
->stacksize
)
5516 /* If the user didn't set a size, or explicitly inhibit the
5517 size, set it now. */
5518 info
->stacksize
= default_size
;
5520 /* Provide the legacy symbol, if it is referenced. */
5521 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5522 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
5524 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
5526 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5527 (info
, output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
,
5528 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5529 info
->stacksize
>= 0 ? info
->stacksize
: 0,
5530 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5533 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5535 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5541 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
5542 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
5543 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
5544 addresses of the various sections. */
5547 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5550 const char *filter_shlib
,
5552 const char *depaudit
,
5553 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
5554 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5555 asection
**sinterpptr
)
5557 bfd_size_type soname_indx
;
5559 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5560 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
5564 soname_indx
= (bfd_size_type
) -1;
5566 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
5569 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
5571 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
5572 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
5573 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
5574 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
5575 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
5576 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
5578 if (info
->relocatable
5579 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
5582 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
5583 we're dynamic or not. */
5584 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
5585 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5588 /* Determine any GNU_STACK segment requirements, after the backend
5589 has had a chance to set a default segment size. */
5590 if (info
->execstack
)
5591 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
5592 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
5593 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
;
5597 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
5600 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
5602 inputobj
= inputobj
->link
.next
)
5607 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
5609 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
5612 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
5616 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
5619 if (notesec
|| info
->stacksize
> 0)
5620 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
5621 if (notesec
&& exec
&& info
->relocatable
5622 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5623 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
5626 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5628 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5630 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
5631 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5633 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5634 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
5636 bfd_boolean all_defined
;
5638 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
5639 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !info
->executable
);
5643 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5645 if (soname_indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5646 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
5652 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
5654 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
5662 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
5664 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5667 tag
= info
->new_dtags
? DT_RUNPATH
: DT_RPATH
;
5668 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, tag
, indx
))
5672 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
5676 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5677 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
5678 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5679 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
5683 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
5685 const char * const *p
;
5687 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
5691 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5693 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5694 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
5703 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
5705 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5706 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
5710 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
5714 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
5716 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5717 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
5724 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
5725 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
5726 if (info
->export_dynamic
5727 || (info
->executable
&& info
->dynamic
))
5729 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5730 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
5736 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
5737 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5738 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5739 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
5741 const char *verstr
, *name
;
5742 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
5743 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
5744 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
5746 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
5748 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
5750 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
5751 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
5753 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
5754 if (newname
== NULL
)
5756 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
5757 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
5759 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
5760 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
5762 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
5763 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5764 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
5767 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5768 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5770 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
5772 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
5773 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5774 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
5779 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
5780 not defined in a shared object. */
5782 && !newh
->def_dynamic
5783 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5784 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5788 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
5789 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
5790 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
5792 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5793 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
5798 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
5800 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
5802 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5803 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5804 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
5806 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5807 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
5808 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
5809 all_defined
= FALSE
;
5814 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5819 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
5820 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
5821 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5822 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
5827 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
5828 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
5829 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
5831 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
5832 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
5833 h
= (info
->init_function
5834 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5835 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
5842 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
5845 h
= (info
->fini_function
5846 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5847 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
5854 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
5858 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
5859 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5861 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
5862 if (! info
->executable
)
5867 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
;
5868 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
5869 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5870 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5871 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
5872 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
5874 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5875 (_("%B: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
5880 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5884 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5885 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5888 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
5889 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5891 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5892 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5895 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
5896 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5898 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
5899 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5903 dynstr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
5904 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
5905 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
5906 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
5907 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
5908 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5910 bfd_size_type strsize
;
5912 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
5913 if ((info
->emit_hash
5914 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
5915 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
5916 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0))
5917 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
5918 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
5919 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
5920 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
5921 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
5926 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
5929 && bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
!= NULL
5930 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5933 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
5936 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5938 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
5939 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
5942 /* Set up the version definition section. */
5943 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
5944 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5946 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
5947 just linking a regular application. */
5948 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
5950 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
5951 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
5952 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
5954 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
5955 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5960 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5962 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
5963 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
5964 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5965 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5971 /* Make space for the base version. */
5972 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5973 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5976 /* Make space for the default version. */
5977 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
5979 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5983 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5985 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
5987 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
5991 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5992 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5995 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
5996 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6000 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6001 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6004 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
6008 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6009 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
6012 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6014 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6015 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6019 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6020 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6021 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6024 if (soname_indx
!= (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6026 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6028 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
6029 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6036 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
6037 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6038 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6040 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6042 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6044 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6046 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6047 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6048 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6049 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6051 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6053 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6054 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6056 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6058 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6061 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6062 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6064 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6067 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6068 aux block, but different flags. */
6071 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6073 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6074 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6077 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6078 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6079 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6081 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6082 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6083 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6085 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6088 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6090 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6095 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6098 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6100 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6101 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6103 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6105 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6108 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6109 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6111 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6114 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6116 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6117 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6119 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6120 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6121 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6122 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6123 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6126 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6127 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6128 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6129 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6131 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6132 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6133 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6135 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6136 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6137 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6139 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6140 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6142 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6143 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6144 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6145 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6147 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6148 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6149 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6151 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6153 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6155 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6157 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6161 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6162 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6165 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6166 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6168 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6170 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6171 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6172 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6176 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
6177 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, cdefs
))
6180 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6183 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
6185 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
6188 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
6190 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
6196 if (info
->executable
)
6197 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
6200 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
6204 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6206 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6207 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6209 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6212 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6213 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6215 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6217 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6218 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6223 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6224 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6227 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
6232 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6235 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6239 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6241 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6243 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6244 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6248 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6249 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6253 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6258 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6262 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6265 t
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6267 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6268 elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6269 ? elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
)
6270 : lbasename (t
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6272 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6275 t
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6276 if (t
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6279 t
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6280 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6282 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, t
,
6283 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6284 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6286 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6288 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6289 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6290 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6291 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6294 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6297 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6299 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6300 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6301 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6305 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
6306 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
6309 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6313 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
6314 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
6315 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6316 §ion_sym_count
) == 0)
6318 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6319 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6325 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
6326 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
6328 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6332 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6333 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
6334 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6336 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6341 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
6342 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
6344 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6348 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
6349 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym. */
6350 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6351 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
6352 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6354 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= s
;
6358 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6359 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6360 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6361 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6363 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6367 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
== NULL
)
6368 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
6369 = elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
;
6373 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6375 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6377 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6380 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6381 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
6383 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6387 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
6388 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6389 unsigned int dtagcount
;
6391 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6393 /* Assign dynsym indicies. In a shared library we generate a
6394 section symbol for each output section, which come first.
6395 Next come all of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms,
6396 followed by the rest of the global symbols. */
6398 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6399 §ion_sym_count
);
6401 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
6402 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6403 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6404 if (dynsymcount
!= 0
6405 && (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
6407 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
6408 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6409 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6412 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
6416 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
6417 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
6418 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
6419 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
6420 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
6421 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
6422 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
6423 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6424 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6426 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
6428 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6429 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6432 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol.
6433 Clear all the section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
6434 ++section_sym_count
;
6435 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6438 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
6440 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
6441 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
6442 if (info
->emit_hash
)
6444 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
6445 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
6447 unsigned long int nsyms
;
6449 size_t hash_entry_size
;
6451 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6452 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6454 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
6455 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6456 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
6458 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
6459 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
6461 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6462 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6463 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
6470 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
6472 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
6475 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6478 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6480 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
6481 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6482 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6483 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
6484 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6485 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6488 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
6489 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
6490 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
6493 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
6496 unsigned char *contents
;
6497 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
6501 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
6503 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6504 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6506 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
6507 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6508 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
6511 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
6512 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
6513 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
6516 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6517 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6518 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
6521 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6526 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
6528 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6530 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6534 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.hash");
6535 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6537 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
6539 /* Empty .gnu.hash section is special. */
6540 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
6541 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6542 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6543 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6544 if (contents
== NULL
)
6546 s
->contents
= contents
;
6547 /* 1 empty bucket. */
6548 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
6549 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
6550 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
6551 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
6552 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
6553 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
6554 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
6555 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
6556 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
6557 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
6558 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
6559 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
6563 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
6564 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
6568 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
6570 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
6572 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
6573 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
6575 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
6576 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
6578 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
6584 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
6585 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
6586 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
6587 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
6588 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
6589 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
6590 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6591 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
6593 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6597 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
6598 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
6599 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
6600 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
6602 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
6603 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
6604 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
6605 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
6607 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6608 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
6610 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
6611 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
6613 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
6614 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6615 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
6617 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
6618 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6619 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6620 if (contents
== NULL
)
6622 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6623 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6627 s
->contents
= contents
;
6628 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
6629 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
6630 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
6631 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
6632 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6634 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6636 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
6637 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
6639 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
6643 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
6645 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, populate .gnu.hash section. */
6646 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6647 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms
, &cinfo
);
6649 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
6650 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
6652 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
6654 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6657 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6658 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6662 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6663 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6665 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
6667 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6669 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
6670 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
6677 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
6680 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6683 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
6684 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
6687 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
6690 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6695 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6698 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
6699 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
6700 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
6701 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
6702 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
6704 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
6706 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6707 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd
,
6708 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
6709 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
6711 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
6712 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
6715 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
6716 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
6717 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
6721 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
6723 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
6724 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
6725 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
6728 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
6732 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
6733 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
6738 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
6739 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
6742 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
6743 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
6745 /* Set local fields. */
6748 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
6749 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
6750 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
6751 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
6752 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
6753 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
6754 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
6755 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
6762 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
6763 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
6766 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6767 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
6768 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
6770 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6772 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
6773 symbol which just became indirect. */
6775 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
6776 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
6777 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
6778 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
6779 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
6780 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
6782 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6785 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
6786 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
6787 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
6788 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
6790 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
6791 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
6792 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
6793 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
6796 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
6798 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
6799 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
6800 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
6801 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
6804 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
6806 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
6807 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
6808 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
6809 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
6811 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
6816 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6817 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6818 bfd_boolean force_local
)
6820 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
6821 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6823 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
6828 h
->forced_local
= 1;
6829 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
6832 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6838 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. *TABLE has been zeroed by our
6842 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
6843 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
6845 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
6846 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
6848 unsigned int entsize
,
6849 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
6852 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
6854 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
6855 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
6856 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
6857 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
6858 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
6859 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
6861 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
6863 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
6864 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
6869 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
6871 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
6872 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
6874 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
6875 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
6877 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
6881 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
6882 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
6888 ret
->root
.hash_table_free
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
6893 /* Destroy an ELF linker hash table. */
6896 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
6898 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6900 htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
6901 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
6902 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (htab
->dynstr
);
6903 _bfd_merge_sections_free (htab
->merge_info
);
6904 _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
6907 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
6908 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
6909 entry for a dynamic object. */
6912 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
6914 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6915 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6916 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
6920 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
6923 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6924 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6925 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
6932 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
6934 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6935 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6936 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
6939 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
6940 the linker ELF emulation code. */
6942 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
6943 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6944 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6946 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6948 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
6951 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
6952 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
6954 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
6955 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6956 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6958 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6960 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
6963 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
6964 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
6965 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
6968 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
6970 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6971 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6972 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
6976 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
6977 the ELF linker emulation code. */
6980 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
6981 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
6984 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
6985 unsigned int elfsec
;
6986 unsigned long shlink
;
6987 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
6989 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
6993 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6994 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
6997 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
6998 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
7001 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
7004 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
7005 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
7008 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7010 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
7011 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
7014 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
7015 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
7017 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7019 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
7021 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
7024 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
7027 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
7028 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
7031 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
7036 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7057 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
7059 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
7060 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
7061 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
7064 struct elf_symbuf_head
7066 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7067 bfd_size_type count
;
7068 unsigned int st_shndx
;
7075 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7076 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7081 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
7084 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7086 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
7087 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
7089 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
7093 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7095 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
7096 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
7097 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
7100 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
7101 elf_create_symbuf (bfd_size_type symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
7103 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
7104 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7105 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
7106 bfd_size_type i
, shndx_count
, total_size
;
7108 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
7112 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
7113 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
7114 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
7117 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
7118 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
7121 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
7122 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
7123 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
7126 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
7127 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
7128 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
7129 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
7135 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
7136 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
7137 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
7138 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
7139 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
7141 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
7144 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
7145 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
7146 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
7148 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
7149 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
7150 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7153 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_size_type
) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7154 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7161 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7165 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7166 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7169 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
7170 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
7171 bfd_size_type symcount1
, symcount2
;
7172 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
7173 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
7174 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
7175 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
7176 bfd_size_type count1
, count2
, i
;
7177 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
7183 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
7184 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7185 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7188 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
7191 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
7192 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
7193 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
7196 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
7197 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
7198 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
7199 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7200 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
7201 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7203 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
7209 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
7210 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
7212 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
7214 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
7216 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
7219 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7220 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
7221 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
7224 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
7226 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
7228 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
7231 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7232 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
7233 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
7236 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
7238 /* Optimized faster version. */
7239 bfd_size_type lo
, hi
, mid
;
7240 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
7241 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
7244 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
7249 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7250 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7252 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7256 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
7263 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
7268 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7269 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7271 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7275 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
7281 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7284 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7285 bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7286 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7287 bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7288 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7292 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
7293 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7295 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7296 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
7302 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
7303 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7305 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7306 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
7311 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7312 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7313 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7314 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7315 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7317 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7318 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7319 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
7320 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
7321 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7328 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7329 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7330 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7331 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7332 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7335 /* Count definitions in the section. */
7337 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7338 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
7339 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7342 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7343 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
7344 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7346 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7349 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7351 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
7352 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7354 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
7356 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
7357 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7359 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7360 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7361 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7362 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7363 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7365 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7366 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7367 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
7368 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
7369 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7387 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
7390 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
7391 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
7395 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7396 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7399 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
7402 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
7404 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
7406 struct elf_final_link_info
7408 /* General link information. */
7409 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7412 /* Symbol string table. */
7413 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
7414 /* .dynsym section. */
7415 asection
*dynsym_sec
;
7416 /* .hash section. */
7418 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
7419 asection
*symver_sec
;
7420 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
7422 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
7423 void *external_relocs
;
7424 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
7425 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7426 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
7428 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
7429 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
7430 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
7431 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
7433 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
7434 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
7435 of any input BFD. */
7437 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
7438 symbol of any input BFD. */
7439 asection
**sections
;
7440 /* Buffer to hold swapped out symbols. */
7442 /* And one for symbol section indices. */
7443 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
7444 /* Number of swapped out symbols in buffer. */
7445 size_t symbuf_count
;
7446 /* Number of symbols which fit in symbuf. */
7448 /* And same for symshndxbuf. */
7449 size_t shndxbuf_size
;
7450 /* Number of STT_FILE syms seen. */
7451 size_t filesym_count
;
7454 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
7456 struct elf_outext_info
7459 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
7460 bfd_boolean need_second_pass
;
7461 bfd_boolean second_pass
;
7462 bfd_boolean file_sym_done
;
7463 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
7467 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
7469 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
7470 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
7471 relocations themselves.
7473 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
7474 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
7475 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
7476 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
7478 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
7479 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
7480 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
7481 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
7484 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
7485 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
7488 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
7489 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
7493 <binary-operator> := as in C
7494 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
7497 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
7498 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7503 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7504 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7505 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
7507 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
7509 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7511 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
7512 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
7514 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
7515 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
7516 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7517 sym
->st_value
= val
;
7520 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
7524 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
7525 to "defined" and give it a value. */
7527 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
7528 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
7529 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7530 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7531 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7532 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
7533 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
7534 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
7538 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
7540 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
7542 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7545 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7546 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
7547 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
7548 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7551 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7553 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
7557 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
7560 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
7561 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
7564 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
7565 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
7567 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
7569 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
7571 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
7572 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
7574 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
7575 (unsigned long) *result
);
7581 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
7582 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
7583 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7587 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7588 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7590 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
7591 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
7592 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
7594 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
7595 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
7604 resolve_section (const char *name
,
7611 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7612 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
7614 *result
= curr
->vma
;
7618 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
7619 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7621 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
7622 if (len
> strlen (name
))
7625 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
7627 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
7629 *result
= curr
->vma
+ curr
->size
;
7633 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
7641 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
7643 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
7648 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
7651 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
7653 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7662 const char *sym
= *symp
;
7664 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
7669 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
7671 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7684 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
7688 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
7691 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
7692 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
7694 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
7696 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7700 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
7701 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
7702 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
7704 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
7705 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
7706 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
7707 section", and likewise with symbol. */
7709 if (symbol_is_section
)
7711 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
)
7712 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
7713 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
7715 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
7721 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
7722 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
7723 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
7726 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
7733 /* All that remains are operators. */
7735 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
7736 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
7738 sym += strlen (#op); \
7742 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
7743 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7746 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
7752 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
7753 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
7755 sym += strlen (#op); \
7759 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
7760 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7763 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
7764 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7767 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
7797 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
7798 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7804 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
7805 unsigned long chunksz
,
7810 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
7812 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
, x
>>= (chunksz
* 8))
7820 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7823 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7826 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7830 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7840 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
7841 unsigned long chunksz
,
7848 /* Sanity checks. */
7849 BFD_ASSERT (chunksz
<= sizeof (x
)
7852 && (size
% chunksz
) == 0
7853 && input_bfd
!= NULL
7854 && location
!= NULL
);
7856 if (chunksz
== sizeof (x
))
7858 BFD_ASSERT (size
== chunksz
);
7860 /* Make sure that we do not perform an undefined shift operation.
7861 We know that size == chunksz so there will only be one iteration
7862 of the loop below. */
7866 shift
= 8 * chunksz
;
7868 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
7873 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
7876 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
7879 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
7883 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
7894 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
7895 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
7896 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
7897 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
7898 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
7899 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
7900 unsigned long *signed_p
,
7901 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
7902 unsigned long encoded
)
7904 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
7905 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
7906 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
7907 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
7908 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
7909 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
7910 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
7911 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
7914 bfd_reloc_status_type
7915 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
7916 asection
*input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7918 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7921 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
7922 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
7923 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7925 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
7926 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
7927 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
7928 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
7929 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
7931 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
7932 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
7933 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
7935 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
7938 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
7940 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
7942 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
7943 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7946 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
7947 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
7948 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
7949 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
7950 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
7951 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
7952 (unsigned long) relocation
);
7957 /* Now do an overflow check. */
7958 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
7959 ? complain_overflow_signed
7960 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
7961 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
7965 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
7968 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
7969 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
7970 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
7971 " result: %8.8lx\n",
7972 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
7973 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
7975 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
7976 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7980 /* qsort comparison functions sorting external relocs by r_offset. */
7983 cmp_ext32l_r_offset (const void *p
, const void *q
)
7990 const union aligned32
*a
7991 = (const union aligned32
*) ((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
7992 const union aligned32
*b
7993 = (const union aligned32
*) ((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) q
)->r_offset
;
7995 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0]
7996 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
7997 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
7998 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3] << 24);
7999 uint32_t bval
= ( (uint32_t) b
->c
[0]
8000 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[1] << 8
8001 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[2] << 16
8002 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[3] << 24);
8005 else if (aval
> bval
)
8011 cmp_ext32b_r_offset (const void *p
, const void *q
)
8018 const union aligned32
*a
8019 = (const union aligned32
*) ((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8020 const union aligned32
*b
8021 = (const union aligned32
*) ((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) q
)->r_offset
;
8023 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0] << 24
8024 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 16
8025 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 8
8026 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3]);
8027 uint32_t bval
= ( (uint32_t) b
->c
[0] << 24
8028 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[1] << 16
8029 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[2] << 8
8030 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[3]);
8033 else if (aval
> bval
)
8038 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8040 cmp_ext64l_r_offset (const void *p
, const void *q
)
8047 const union aligned64
*a
8048 = (const union aligned64
*) ((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8049 const union aligned64
*b
8050 = (const union aligned64
*) ((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) q
)->r_offset
;
8052 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0]
8053 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8054 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8055 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 24
8056 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 32
8057 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 40
8058 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 48
8059 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7] << 56);
8060 uint64_t bval
= ( (uint64_t) b
->c
[0]
8061 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[1] << 8
8062 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[2] << 16
8063 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[3] << 24
8064 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[4] << 32
8065 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[5] << 40
8066 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[6] << 48
8067 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[7] << 56);
8070 else if (aval
> bval
)
8076 cmp_ext64b_r_offset (const void *p
, const void *q
)
8083 const union aligned64
*a
8084 = (const union aligned64
*) ((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8085 const union aligned64
*b
8086 = (const union aligned64
*) ((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) q
)->r_offset
;
8088 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0] << 56
8089 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 48
8090 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 40
8091 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 32
8092 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 24
8093 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 16
8094 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 8
8095 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7]);
8096 uint64_t bval
= ( (uint64_t) b
->c
[0] << 56
8097 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[1] << 48
8098 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[2] << 40
8099 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[3] << 32
8100 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[4] << 24
8101 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[5] << 16
8102 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[6] << 8
8103 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[7]);
8106 else if (aval
> bval
)
8112 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
8113 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
8114 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
8118 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
8119 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
8123 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8125 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8126 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8127 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
8129 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
8130 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
8132 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
8134 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8135 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8137 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
8139 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8140 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8145 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
8148 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8155 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
8159 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8160 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
8162 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
8165 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
8168 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
8170 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
8171 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
8172 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
8173 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
8174 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
8179 int (*compare
) (const void *, const void *);
8181 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8183 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8184 compare
= cmp_ext32l_r_offset
;
8185 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8186 compare
= cmp_ext32b_r_offset
;
8192 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8193 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8194 compare
= cmp_ext64l_r_offset
;
8195 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8196 compare
= cmp_ext64b_r_offset
;
8201 qsort (reldata
->hdr
->contents
, count
, reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
, compare
);
8202 free (reldata
->hashes
);
8203 reldata
->hashes
= NULL
;
8207 struct elf_link_sort_rela
8213 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
8214 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
8215 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
8219 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8221 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8222 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8223 int relativea
, relativeb
;
8225 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8226 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8228 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
8230 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
8232 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8234 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8236 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8238 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8244 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8246 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8247 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8249 if (a
->type
< b
->type
)
8251 if (a
->type
> b
->type
)
8253 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
8255 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
8257 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8259 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8265 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
8267 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
8270 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
8271 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
8272 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
8273 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
8274 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8275 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8276 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8277 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8278 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
8280 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
8282 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
8283 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
8284 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
8285 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
8286 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8288 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
8290 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
8291 It's initialization checking code is not perfect. */
8294 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
8295 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
8296 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8297 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8299 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8301 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8303 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8304 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8305 It is of no help to us. */
8309 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8310 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8313 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8314 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8320 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8324 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8326 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8327 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8330 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8331 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8337 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8342 /* The section size is not divisible by either - something is wrong. */
8344 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8345 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8350 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8351 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8353 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8355 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8357 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8358 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8359 It is of no help to us. */
8363 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8364 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8367 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8368 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8374 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8378 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8380 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8381 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8384 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8385 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8391 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8396 /* The section size is not divisible by either - something is wrong. */
8398 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8399 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8404 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
8408 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
8410 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8417 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
8418 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
8419 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8420 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8424 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
8425 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
8426 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8427 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8431 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8432 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8433 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
8435 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
8438 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
8439 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
8441 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
8444 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
8448 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
8449 (info
, _("Not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
8453 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8454 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
8456 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
8458 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8459 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8461 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8462 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8464 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
8466 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
8467 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
8468 relocs in this case. */
8473 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8474 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
8475 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
8477 while (erel
< erelend
)
8479 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8481 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
8482 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (info
, o
, s
->rela
);
8483 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
8489 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
8491 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8493 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8494 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
8500 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
8501 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8503 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8504 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
8506 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
8509 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
8511 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8512 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8514 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8515 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8518 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8519 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
8520 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
8521 while (erel
< erelend
)
8523 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8524 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
8531 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
8535 /* Flush the output symbols to the file. */
8538 elf_link_flush_output_syms (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8539 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
)
8541 if (flinfo
->symbuf_count
> 0)
8543 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8547 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8548 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
8549 amt
= flinfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8550 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8551 || bfd_bwrite (flinfo
->symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) != amt
)
8554 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
8555 flinfo
->symbuf_count
= 0;
8561 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol table. */
8564 elf_link_output_sym (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8566 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
8567 asection
*input_sec
,
8568 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8571 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*destshndx
;
8572 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
8573 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
8574 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
8575 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8577 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
8579 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8580 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
8581 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
8583 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
8588 if (name
== NULL
|| *name
== '\0')
8589 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
8590 else if (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
8591 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
8594 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
8596 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8600 if (flinfo
->symbuf_count
>= flinfo
->symbuf_size
)
8602 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (flinfo
, bed
))
8606 dest
= flinfo
->symbuf
+ flinfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8607 destshndx
= flinfo
->symshndxbuf
;
8608 if (destshndx
!= NULL
)
8610 if (bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) >= flinfo
->shndxbuf_size
)
8614 amt
= flinfo
->shndxbuf_size
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8615 destshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_realloc (destshndx
,
8617 if (destshndx
== NULL
)
8619 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= destshndx
;
8620 memset ((char *) destshndx
+ amt
, 0, amt
);
8621 flinfo
->shndxbuf_size
*= 2;
8623 destshndx
+= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8626 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, elfsym
, dest
, destshndx
);
8627 flinfo
->symbuf_count
+= 1;
8628 bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
8633 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
8636 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8638 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
8639 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
8641 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
8643 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8644 (_("%B: Too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
8645 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
8646 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
8652 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
8653 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
8654 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
8655 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
8656 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
8659 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8660 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
8661 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8664 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
8666 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
8669 /* Check indirect symbol. */
8670 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8671 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8673 switch (h
->root
.type
)
8679 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
8680 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
8681 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
8682 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
8683 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
8687 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8688 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8689 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
8692 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8693 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
8696 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
8698 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
8700 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
8703 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8704 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8705 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
8706 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
8707 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
8708 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8709 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
8710 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
8711 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
8712 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
8714 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
8716 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
8718 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
8719 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
8722 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8724 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8725 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
8727 extsymcount
= symcount
;
8732 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
8733 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
8736 if (extsymcount
== 0)
8739 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
8741 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8744 /* Read in any version definitions. */
8745 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
8746 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
8747 if (extversym
== NULL
)
8750 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8751 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
8752 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
8760 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
8761 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
8762 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
8765 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
8766 unsigned short version_index
;
8768 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
8769 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8772 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
8775 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
8778 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
8780 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
8782 && h
->forced_local
))
8784 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
8785 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
8786 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
8791 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
8792 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
8794 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
8808 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
8809 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
8810 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
8811 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
8812 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
8816 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
8818 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
8819 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
8820 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
8822 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8823 asection
*input_sec
;
8824 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8828 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8830 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8831 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
8835 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
8836 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
8838 if (!h
->forced_local
)
8840 if (eoinfo
->second_pass
8841 && !((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8842 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8843 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
))
8846 if (!eoinfo
->file_sym_done
8847 && (eoinfo
->second_pass
? eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
== 1
8848 : eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
> 1))
8850 /* Output a FILE symbol so that following locals are not associated
8851 with the wrong input file. */
8852 memset (&sym
, 0, sizeof (sym
));
8853 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8854 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8855 if (!elf_link_output_sym (eoinfo
->flinfo
, NULL
, &sym
,
8856 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
8859 eoinfo
->file_sym_done
= TRUE
;
8864 if (h
->forced_local
)
8868 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8870 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
8872 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
8873 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
8874 references in regular files have already been handled unless
8875 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
8877 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
8879 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
8880 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
8881 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
8882 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
8884 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
8887 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
8888 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
8889 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
8891 if (!(flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
8892 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
8893 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
8895 (flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
8896 == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
))))
8898 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8899 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8905 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
8906 shared libraries. */
8907 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
8908 && flinfo
->info
->executable
8913 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
8914 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
8918 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
= h
;
8920 /* Check indirect symbol. */
8921 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8922 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8924 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
8925 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
8926 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
8927 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
8929 msg
= _("%B: local symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
8930 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
8931 if (hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
8932 def_bfd
= hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
8933 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, def_bfd
,
8934 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8935 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8936 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8940 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
8941 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
8942 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
8946 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
8948 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
8952 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
8954 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
8955 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
8956 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
8958 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8959 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8960 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
8961 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
8962 || (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
8963 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
8965 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
8966 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8967 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
8968 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
8973 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
8974 nothing else to do unless it is a forced local symbol or a
8975 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */
8978 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
8979 && !h
->forced_local
)
8983 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
8984 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
8985 if (h
->forced_local
)
8987 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, h
->type
);
8988 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
8989 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
8991 /* Set STB_GNU_UNIQUE only if symbol is defined in regular object. */
8992 else if (h
->unique_global
&& h
->def_regular
)
8993 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, h
->type
);
8994 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8995 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8996 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, h
->type
);
8998 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, h
->type
);
8999 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
9001 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9004 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
9005 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
9009 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9010 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9011 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9012 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9015 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9016 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9018 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9019 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9021 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
&& flinfo
->filesym_count
== 1)
9023 bfd_boolean second_pass_sym
9024 = (input_sec
->owner
== flinfo
->output_bfd
9025 || input_sec
->owner
== NULL
9026 || (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
9027 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0);
9029 eoinfo
->need_second_pass
|= second_pass_sym
;
9030 if (eoinfo
->second_pass
!= second_pass_sym
)
9035 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9036 input_sec
->output_section
);
9037 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9039 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9040 (_("%B: could not find output section %A for input section %A"),
9041 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
9042 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9043 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9047 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
9048 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
9050 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
9051 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9053 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9054 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
9056 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
9057 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
9058 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
9061 /* The TLS section may have been garbage collected. */
9062 BFD_ASSERT (flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
9063 && !input_sec
->gc_mark
);
9070 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
9071 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
9072 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9073 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9078 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9079 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
9080 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
9081 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
9084 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
9085 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
9086 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
9087 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
9088 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
9089 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
9090 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
9094 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
9095 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
9096 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
9097 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
9098 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
9099 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9101 && !flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9102 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
9104 && ((flinfo
->info
->shared
9105 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
9106 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9107 || !h
->forced_local
)
9108 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
9110 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
9111 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
9113 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9118 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
9119 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
9120 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
9121 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
9122 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
9123 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
9124 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9126 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
9127 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
9130 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
9132 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
9133 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9136 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9137 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
9139 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
9140 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
9143 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
9144 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
9145 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
9146 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
9147 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9152 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
9153 locally, it is a fatal error. */
9154 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
9155 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9156 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
9157 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9162 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
9163 msg
= _("%B: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9164 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9165 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9167 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9168 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9169 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9170 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9174 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
9175 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
9176 the entry in the .hash section. */
9177 if (flinfo
->dynsym_sec
!= NULL
9179 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9183 /* Since there is no version information in the dynamic string,
9184 if there is no version info in symbol version section, we will
9185 have a run-time problem. */
9186 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
)
9188 char *p
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
9190 if (p
&& p
[1] != '\0')
9192 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9193 (_("%B: No symbol version section for versioned symbol `%s'"),
9194 flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9195 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9200 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
9201 esym
= flinfo
->dynsym_sec
->contents
+ h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9202 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
9204 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9207 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
9209 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
9211 size_t hash_entry_size
;
9212 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
9217 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
9218 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
9221 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
9222 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9223 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
9224 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
9225 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
9227 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
9228 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9229 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
9232 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
9234 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
9235 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
9237 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9239 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
9240 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
9241 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
9242 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
9244 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
9248 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
9249 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
9251 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
9252 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
9257 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
9259 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
9260 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
9261 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
9265 /* If we're stripping it, then it was just a dynamic symbol, and
9266 there's nothing else to do. */
9267 if (strip
|| (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9270 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9271 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
, input_sec
, h
);
9274 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9279 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
9285 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
9286 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
9289 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
9291 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9293 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9295 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9296 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9302 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
9303 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
9304 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
9310 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
9311 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
9312 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
9313 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
9314 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
9315 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
9316 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
9317 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
9320 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
9322 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
9325 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
9328 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
9331 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
9334 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
9337 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
9338 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9340 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
9341 asection
*s
= first
;
9345 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
9348 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
9356 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
9357 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
9361 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9365 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
9368 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
9369 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
9371 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
9372 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
9374 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
9379 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
9380 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
9381 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
9382 don't have to keep them in memory. */
9385 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
9387 int (*relocate_section
)
9388 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
9389 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
9391 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9394 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9395 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9396 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9398 asection
**ppsection
;
9400 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9401 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
9402 bfd_size_type address_size
;
9403 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
9405 bfd_boolean have_file_sym
= FALSE
;
9407 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9408 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9409 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
9411 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
9412 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
9414 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
9417 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9418 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9420 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9425 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9426 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9429 /* Read the local symbols. */
9430 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
9431 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
9433 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
9434 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
9435 flinfo
->external_syms
,
9436 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
9437 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9441 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
9442 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
9443 going into the output file. */
9444 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
9445 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
9447 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
9451 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
9457 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9459 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
9466 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9467 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9468 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
9469 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9470 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
9471 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
9474 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
9477 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
9478 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
9482 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
9483 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
9485 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
9486 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
9492 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. */
9493 if (ppsection
== flinfo
->sections
)
9496 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9498 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
9499 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
9504 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
9506 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9509 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
9510 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
9511 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
9512 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
9514 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
9517 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
9518 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
9519 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
9520 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
9521 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
9522 isec
->output_section
))
9525 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
9526 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
9531 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
9532 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9533 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
9535 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
9536 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && !flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9537 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
9538 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
9541 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FILE
)
9543 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
9544 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
9548 /* In the absence of debug info, bfd_find_nearest_line uses
9549 FILE symbols to determine the source file for local
9550 function symbols. Provide a FILE symbol here if input
9551 files lack such, so that their symbols won't be
9552 associated with a previous input file. It's not the
9553 source file, but the best we can do. */
9554 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
9555 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
9556 memset (&osym
, 0, sizeof (osym
));
9557 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
9558 osym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9559 if (!elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, input_bfd
->filename
, &osym
,
9560 bfd_abs_section_ptr
, NULL
))
9566 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
9567 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
9568 isec
->output_section
);
9569 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9572 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
9573 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
9574 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
9575 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
9576 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
9577 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
9578 these requirements. */
9579 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
9580 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9582 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
9583 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
9585 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
9586 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
9587 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
9591 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
9592 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
9599 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9607 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
9612 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
9613 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
9614 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
9618 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
9620 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
9624 if (flinfo
->info
->relocatable
9625 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
9627 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
9628 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
9629 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
9630 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
9632 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
9633 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
9634 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
9636 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
9637 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9638 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9639 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9640 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
9642 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
9644 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9646 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
9647 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
9648 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
9652 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
9654 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
9655 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
9656 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
9661 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
9662 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
9667 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
9669 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9672 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
9674 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
9675 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
, NULL
);
9679 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
9683 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
9684 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
9688 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
9689 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
9692 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
9694 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
9699 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
9700 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
9701 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
9702 the routines which work on output files. */
9703 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
9705 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
9706 if (bed
->caches_rawsize
9708 && o
->rawsize
< o
->size
)
9710 memcpy (flinfo
->contents
, contents
, o
->rawsize
);
9711 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
9716 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
9717 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
9721 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
9723 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
9724 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
9725 int action_discarded
;
9728 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
9730 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
9731 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
9732 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
9733 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
9736 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
9737 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
9738 if (o
->size
> address_size
9739 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
9740 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
9741 ".init_array") == 0)
9742 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
9743 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
9744 ".fini_array") == 0))
9745 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
9747 if (o
->size
!= o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
9749 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9750 (_("error: %B: size of section %A is not "
9751 "multiple of address size"),
9753 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_on_input
);
9756 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
9759 action_discarded
= -1;
9760 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
9761 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
9763 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
9764 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
9765 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
9766 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
9767 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
9769 rel
= internal_relocs
;
9770 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9771 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
9773 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
9774 unsigned int s_type
;
9775 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
9776 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
9777 const char *sym_name
;
9779 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
9782 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
9783 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
9784 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
9786 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
9788 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
9789 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
9790 we do not seg fault. */
9795 sprintf_vma (buffer
, rel
->r_info
);
9796 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9797 (_("error: %B contains a reloc (0x%s) for section %A "
9798 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
9799 input_bfd
, o
, buffer
);
9800 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9804 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9805 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9806 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9811 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9812 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9813 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9815 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
9819 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
9821 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
9822 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
9823 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
9827 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
9828 && !flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9831 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
9832 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
9834 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
9835 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
9836 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
,
9837 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
9838 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
9839 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
9840 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
9841 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
9842 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
9844 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
9845 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
9848 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
9849 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
9854 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
9856 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
9857 discarded section. */
9858 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
9860 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
9861 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
9862 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
9863 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%A' of %B: "
9864 "defined in discarded section `%A' of %B\n"),
9865 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
9867 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
9868 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
9869 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
9870 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
9871 symbol here means we will be changing all later
9872 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
9873 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
9877 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
9889 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
9891 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
9892 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
9893 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
9894 reloc addend as necessary.
9896 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
9897 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
9899 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
9900 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
9901 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
9903 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
9904 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
9905 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
9906 corresponding to the output section, which will require
9907 the addend to be adjusted. */
9909 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
9910 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
9918 || flinfo
->info
->relocatable
9919 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
9921 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
9922 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
9923 bfd_vma last_offset
;
9924 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
9925 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
9926 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
9927 unsigned int next_erel
;
9928 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
9929 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
9931 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
9932 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
9933 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
9935 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
9937 irela
= internal_relocs
;
9938 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9939 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
9940 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
9941 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
9943 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
9944 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
9945 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
9946 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
9947 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
9948 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
9949 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9950 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
9951 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
9953 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9955 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9957 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9963 if (irela
== irelamid
)
9965 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
9966 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
9967 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
9970 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
9973 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
9975 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
9976 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
9977 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
9978 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
9980 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
9982 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
9986 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
9988 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
9989 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9990 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
9992 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
9994 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
9995 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
9998 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
9999 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10000 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10002 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
10003 unsigned long indx
;
10005 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
10006 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
10007 we do not know the symbol index of any global
10008 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
10009 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
10010 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
10011 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
10012 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
10013 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
10014 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10015 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10016 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10018 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
10019 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
10020 used by a reloc. */
10021 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
10029 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
10032 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
10033 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10034 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10036 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
10037 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
10038 processor specific section. */
10039 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
10040 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
10042 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
10044 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10049 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10051 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
10052 section will be the absolute section. In
10053 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
10054 the kept section. relocate_section should
10055 have already handled discarded linkonce
10057 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
10058 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
10059 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
10061 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
10062 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10065 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
10067 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10068 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10070 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
10071 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
10073 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10074 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10079 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
10080 section winds up in the output section. */
10082 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10086 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
10088 unsigned long shlink
;
10093 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10095 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
10096 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
10100 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
10101 since it is needed by a reloc, we
10102 must output it now. */
10103 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
10104 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
10105 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
10109 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10111 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10113 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10116 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10117 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
10119 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
10120 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10122 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
10124 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10125 ->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10126 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10131 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10132 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, sec
,
10137 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
10142 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
10145 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
10146 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
10149 /* Swap out the relocs. */
10150 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
10151 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10153 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10158 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
10159 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10160 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
10163 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
10164 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10166 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10175 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
10176 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
10177 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
10180 /* Section written out. */
10182 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
10184 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10185 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
10187 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
10188 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
10191 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
10192 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
10193 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
10196 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10198 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10205 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
10206 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
10208 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
10209 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
10210 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
10212 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
10215 todo
-= address_size
;
10216 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10224 offset
+= address_size
;
10228 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10242 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
10243 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
10244 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
10248 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10249 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10250 asection
*output_section
,
10251 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
10253 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10257 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
10258 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
10259 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
10260 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10261 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
10264 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
10266 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
10269 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10273 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
10276 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
10277 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
10278 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
10285 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
10286 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
10287 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
10289 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
10290 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
10291 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
10295 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10297 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
10298 actually against the section. */
10299 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
10300 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
10301 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
10302 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
10304 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10305 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
10309 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10310 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
10311 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
10312 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
10313 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
10314 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
10315 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
10317 else if (h
!= NULL
)
10319 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
10320 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
10327 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
10328 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0)))
10334 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
10336 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
10338 bfd_size_type size
;
10339 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
10342 const char *sym_name
;
10344 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
10345 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
10346 if (buf
== NULL
&& size
!= 0)
10348 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
10355 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10358 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10359 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
10360 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
10361 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
10363 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
10364 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10365 (info
, NULL
, sym_name
, howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
,
10366 NULL
, (bfd_vma
) 0)))
10373 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
10374 link_order
->offset
, size
);
10380 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
10381 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
10383 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
10384 if (! info
->relocatable
)
10385 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
10387 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
10389 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
10390 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
10391 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
10393 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10394 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
10396 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
10398 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
10399 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
10400 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
10402 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
10403 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
10407 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
10408 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
10409 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
10418 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
10421 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
10423 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
10427 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10428 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
10429 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
10430 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
10432 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
10433 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
10434 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
10435 where elfsec is 0. */
10438 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
10439 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
10440 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
10441 bed
->link_order_error_handler
10442 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), s
->owner
, s
);
10447 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
10448 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10453 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
10454 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
10457 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
10462 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
10463 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
10466 return apos
> bpos
;
10470 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
10471 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
10472 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
10473 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
10476 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
10478 int seen_linkorder
;
10481 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10483 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10485 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
10486 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
10490 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
10492 seen_linkorder
= 0;
10493 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10495 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10497 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10499 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
10500 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
10501 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
))
10502 && elfsec
< elf_numsections (sub
)
10503 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
10504 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
< elf_numsections (sub
))
10518 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
10520 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
10521 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered [`%A' in %B] and unordered [`%A' in %B] sections"),
10523 linkorder_sec
->owner
, other_sec
,
10526 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered and unordered sections"),
10528 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10533 if (!seen_linkorder
)
10536 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
10537 bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
10538 if (sections
== NULL
)
10540 seen_linkorder
= 0;
10542 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10544 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
10546 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
10547 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
10548 compare_link_order
);
10550 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
10552 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
10554 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
10555 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
10556 s
->output_offset
= offset
;
10557 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
10558 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
10559 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
10567 elf_final_link_free (bfd
*obfd
, struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
10571 if (flinfo
->symstrtab
!= NULL
)
10572 _bfd_stringtab_free (flinfo
->symstrtab
);
10573 if (flinfo
->contents
!= NULL
)
10574 free (flinfo
->contents
);
10575 if (flinfo
->external_relocs
!= NULL
)
10576 free (flinfo
->external_relocs
);
10577 if (flinfo
->internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
10578 free (flinfo
->internal_relocs
);
10579 if (flinfo
->external_syms
!= NULL
)
10580 free (flinfo
->external_syms
);
10581 if (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
10582 free (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
10583 if (flinfo
->internal_syms
!= NULL
)
10584 free (flinfo
->internal_syms
);
10585 if (flinfo
->indices
!= NULL
)
10586 free (flinfo
->indices
);
10587 if (flinfo
->sections
!= NULL
)
10588 free (flinfo
->sections
);
10589 if (flinfo
->symbuf
!= NULL
)
10590 free (flinfo
->symbuf
);
10591 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
10592 free (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
);
10593 for (o
= obfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10595 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
10596 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
10597 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
10598 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
10599 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
10603 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
10606 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10608 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
10609 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
10611 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
10613 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10615 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
10616 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
10617 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
10618 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
10619 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
10620 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
10622 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10623 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
10624 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10625 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
10626 bfd_boolean merged
;
10627 size_t relativecount
= 0;
10628 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
10630 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
10631 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
10632 const char *std_attrs_section
;
10634 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
10638 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
10640 dynamic
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
10641 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10643 emit_relocs
= (info
->relocatable
10644 || info
->emitrelocations
);
10646 flinfo
.info
= info
;
10647 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
10648 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
10649 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
10654 flinfo
.dynsym_sec
= NULL
;
10655 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
10656 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
10660 flinfo
.dynsym_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
10661 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
10662 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
10663 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
10664 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
10667 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
10668 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
10669 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
10670 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
10671 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
10672 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
10673 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
10674 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
10675 flinfo
.symbuf
= NULL
;
10676 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
10677 flinfo
.symbuf_count
= 0;
10678 flinfo
.shndxbuf_size
= 0;
10679 flinfo
.filesym_count
= 0;
10681 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
10682 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
10684 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
10685 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10687 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
10688 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
10690 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10692 asection
*input_section
;
10694 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10696 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10697 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10698 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10699 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10702 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
10705 bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, o
, attr_size
);
10707 /* Skip this section later on. */
10708 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10711 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10715 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
10716 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
10717 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
10718 max_contents_size
= 0;
10719 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
10720 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
10722 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
10724 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10726 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
10727 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
10729 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10731 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
10732 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
10734 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
10735 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
10737 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10741 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10742 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
10744 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
10745 link. This will normally be every section. We need
10746 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
10747 the linker has decided to not include. */
10748 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
10750 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10753 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
10754 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
10755 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
10756 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
10757 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
10759 else if (info
->relocatable
|| info
->emitrelocations
)
10760 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
10761 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
10762 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
10764 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
10765 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
10766 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
10767 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
10769 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
10771 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
10772 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
10776 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
10777 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
10778 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
10780 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
10782 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
10783 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
10785 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
10786 && elf_symtab_shndx (sec
->owner
) != 0)
10787 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
10789 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10791 size_t ext_size
= 0;
10793 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10794 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
10795 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10796 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
10798 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
10799 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
10800 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
10801 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
10806 if (reloc_count
== 0)
10809 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
10811 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
10812 && (info
->relocatable
|| info
->emitrelocations
))
10815 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
10816 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
10817 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
10822 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
10824 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
10828 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10829 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
10832 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
10833 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
10834 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
10835 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
10838 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
10839 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
10840 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
10841 sections are handled correctly. */
10842 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
10843 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
10847 if (! info
->relocatable
&& merged
)
10848 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
10849 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
10851 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
10852 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
10853 to create a symbol table. */
10854 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
;
10855 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
10856 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
10859 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
10860 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10862 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
10863 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10866 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
10870 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
10874 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
10875 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
10876 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
10877 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
10880 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
10881 .symtab, .strtab, and non-loaded reloc sections. We start the
10882 .symtab section at the current file position, and write directly
10883 to it. We build the .strtab section in memory. */
10884 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
10885 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10886 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
10887 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
10888 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
10889 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10890 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
10891 /* sh_info is set below. */
10892 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
10893 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
10895 /* Allocate a buffer to hold swapped out symbols. This is to avoid
10896 continuously seeking to the right position in the file. */
10897 if (! info
->keep_memory
|| max_sym_count
< 20)
10898 flinfo
.symbuf_size
= 20;
10900 flinfo
.symbuf_size
= max_sym_count
;
10901 amt
= flinfo
.symbuf_size
;
10902 amt
*= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10903 flinfo
.symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10904 if (flinfo
.symbuf
== NULL
)
10906 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
10908 /* Wild guess at number of output symbols. realloc'd as needed. */
10909 amt
= 2 * max_sym_count
+ elf_numsections (abfd
) + 1000;
10910 flinfo
.shndxbuf_size
= amt
;
10911 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
10912 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
10913 if (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
10917 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
)
10919 file_ptr off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
10921 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
10923 /* Note that at this point elf_next_file_pos (abfd) is
10924 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
10925 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
10927 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
10929 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
10930 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
10931 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
10932 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
10933 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10934 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
10935 if (elf_link_output_sym (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, bfd_und_section_ptr
,
10939 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
10940 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
10941 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
10942 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
10943 outputting relocs. */
10945 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
10946 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10947 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
10948 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
10949 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
10950 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
10952 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
10955 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
10956 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
10957 if (!info
->relocatable
)
10958 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
10959 if (elf_link_output_sym (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
, NULL
) != 1)
10965 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
10967 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
10969 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
10970 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
10974 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
10976 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
10977 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
10981 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
10983 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10984 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
10985 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10986 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
10990 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
10992 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10993 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10994 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
10997 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
10998 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10999 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
11002 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
11003 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11004 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
11007 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
11008 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11009 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
11013 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
11015 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11016 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11017 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
11021 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
)
11023 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
11026 for (sec
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
;
11027 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
11030 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
11033 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
11035 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
11038 size
= ord
->offset
+ ord
->size
;
11040 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
11042 base
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
11043 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
11044 alignment requirements. */
11045 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
11046 end
= align_power (end
,
11047 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
11048 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_size
= end
- base
;
11051 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
11052 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11054 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
11058 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
11059 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
11060 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
11061 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
11062 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
11064 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
11065 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
11066 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
11067 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
11068 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
11069 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
11070 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
11071 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
11072 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
11073 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
11074 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
11075 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
11076 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
11078 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
11079 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
11080 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11082 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11084 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
11085 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
11086 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11087 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
11089 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
11091 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
11093 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
11096 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11097 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11099 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
11104 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
11106 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
11107 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
11108 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11109 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
11110 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
11112 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
11114 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
)
11116 iclass
= "ELFCLASS32";
11117 oclass
= "ELFCLASS64";
11121 iclass
= "ELFCLASS64";
11122 oclass
= "ELFCLASS32";
11125 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11126 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11127 (_("%B: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
11128 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
11137 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
11138 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
11140 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
11141 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11142 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
11144 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
11145 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
11149 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
11150 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
11151 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
11152 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
11153 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
11154 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
11155 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
11156 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
11157 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
11158 eoinfo
.need_second_pass
= FALSE
;
11159 eoinfo
.second_pass
= FALSE
;
11160 eoinfo
.file_sym_done
= FALSE
;
11161 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11165 if (eoinfo
.need_second_pass
)
11167 eoinfo
.second_pass
= TRUE
;
11168 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11173 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
11174 table, do it now. */
11175 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
11176 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
11178 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
11179 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
11180 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
11182 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
11183 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
, (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_sym
)))
11187 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
11188 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
11189 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
11190 converted to local in a version script. */
11192 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
11193 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
11196 && flinfo
.dynsym_sec
!= NULL
11197 && flinfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
11199 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
11200 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= flinfo
.dynsym_sec
->contents
;
11201 long last_local
= 0;
11203 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
11204 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
11210 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11212 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11214 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11220 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
11223 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
11224 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
11225 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
11226 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
11228 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
11229 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11230 if (last_local
< dynindx
)
11231 last_local
= dynindx
;
11232 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
11236 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
11237 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
11239 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
11240 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
11245 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
11246 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
11247 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
11249 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
11251 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
11256 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
11257 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
11259 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
11261 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
11264 if (last_local
< e
->dynindx
)
11265 last_local
= e
->dynindx
;
11267 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11268 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
11272 elf_section_data (flinfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
=
11276 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
11277 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
11278 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
11279 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
11280 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11284 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
11285 table, do it now. */
11286 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
11287 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
11289 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
11290 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
11291 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
11293 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
11294 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
, (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_sym
)))
11298 /* Flush all symbols to the file. */
11299 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (&flinfo
, bed
))
11302 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
11303 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
11305 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
11307 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
11308 file_ptr off
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
11310 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
11311 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
11313 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
11314 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11315 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11316 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11317 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
11319 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
11322 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11323 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
11327 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
11328 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
11329 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
11330 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
11331 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
11332 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
11333 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
11334 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
11335 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
11336 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
11337 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
11339 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
,
11341 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
11343 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11344 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
11348 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
11349 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11351 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11353 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
11356 sort
= bed
->sort_relocs_p
== NULL
|| (*bed
->sort_relocs_p
) (o
);
11357 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11358 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
, sort
);
11359 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11360 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
, sort
);
11362 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
11363 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
11364 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
11367 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
11368 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
11370 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
11371 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
11374 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
11376 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
11377 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11378 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
11380 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
11381 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
11382 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
11384 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11388 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
11395 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
11397 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
11399 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
11400 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
11403 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
11410 name
= info
->init_function
;
11413 name
= info
->fini_function
;
11416 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11418 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
,
11419 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
11421 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11422 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11424 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
11425 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11426 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
11427 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
11428 + o
->output_offset
);
11431 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
11432 library and does not apply to this one. */
11433 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
11440 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
11441 name
= ".preinit_array";
11443 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
11444 name
= ".init_array";
11446 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
11447 name
= ".fini_array";
11449 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
11452 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11453 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
11457 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11458 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
11459 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
11462 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
11463 name
= ".preinit_array";
11465 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
11466 name
= ".init_array";
11468 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
11469 name
= ".fini_array";
11476 name
= ".gnu.hash";
11485 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
11488 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
11491 name
= ".gnu.version";
11493 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
11496 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11497 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
11500 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
11502 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11503 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
11504 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
11507 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->vma
;
11514 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
11518 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11519 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
11520 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
11522 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
11524 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
11525 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
11526 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
11528 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
11529 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
11532 if (dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
== 0
11533 || hdr
->sh_addr
< dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
)
11534 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
11540 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
11544 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
11545 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
11547 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
11550 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
11551 if (((info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& info
->shared
)
11552 || info
->error_textrel
)
11553 && (o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
11555 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
11557 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
11558 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
11559 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
11561 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11563 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
11565 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
11567 if (info
->error_textrel
)
11568 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11569 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations.\n"));
11571 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11572 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object.\n"));
11578 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11580 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
11582 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
11584 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
11586 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
11587 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
11590 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
11592 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
11594 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".dynstr") != 0)
11596 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
11597 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
11599 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
,
11605 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
11609 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
11610 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11611 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
,
11612 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
))
11618 if (info
->relocatable
)
11620 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
11622 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
11627 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
11628 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
11630 if (! _bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
))
11634 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
11637 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
11639 elf_linker (abfd
) = TRUE
;
11643 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
11644 if (contents
== NULL
)
11645 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
11646 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
11647 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
11654 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
11658 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
11661 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11662 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
11664 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11665 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11667 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11668 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11670 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
11671 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
11672 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
11673 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
11675 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11676 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
11680 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
11681 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
11684 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
11685 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
11687 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
11689 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
11690 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
11692 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
11693 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
11695 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
11697 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
11700 if (info
->keep_memory
)
11701 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
11706 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
11709 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
11711 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11713 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11714 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
11715 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
11716 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
11719 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
11720 of input bfd ABFD. */
11723 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11724 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
11727 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11729 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
11731 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
11732 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
11736 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11738 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
11739 info
->keep_memory
);
11740 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
11742 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
11743 cookie
->relend
= (cookie
->rels
11744 + sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
11746 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
11750 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
11754 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11757 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
11758 free (cookie
->rels
);
11761 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
11764 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11765 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11768 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
11770 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
11775 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
11780 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
11784 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11787 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
11788 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
11791 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
11793 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
11796 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
11797 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11798 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11799 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11800 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11802 const char *sec_name
;
11806 switch (h
->root
.type
)
11808 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
11809 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
11810 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11812 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
11813 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
11815 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
11816 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
11817 /* To work around a glibc bug, keep all XXX input sections
11818 when there is an as yet undefined reference to __start_XXX
11819 or __stop_XXX symbols. The linker will later define such
11820 symbols for orphan input sections that have a name
11821 representable as a C identifier. */
11822 if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__start_", 8) == 0)
11823 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 8;
11824 else if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__stop_", 7) == 0)
11825 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 7;
11829 if (sec_name
&& *sec_name
!= '\0')
11833 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
11835 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (i
, sec_name
);
11837 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
11847 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
11852 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
11853 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
11854 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
11857 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
11858 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
11859 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
11861 unsigned long r_symndx
;
11862 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11864 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
11865 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
11868 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
11869 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
11871 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
11874 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: corrupt input: %B\n"),
11878 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
11879 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
11880 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
11882 /* If this symbol is weak and there is a non-weak definition, we
11883 keep the non-weak definition because many backends put
11884 dynamic reloc info on the non-weak definition for code
11885 handling copy relocs. */
11886 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
11887 h
->u
.weakdef
->mark
= 1;
11888 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
11891 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
11892 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
11895 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
11896 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
11897 the relocation symbol. */
11900 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11902 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
11903 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
11907 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
);
11908 if (rsec
&& !rsec
->gc_mark
)
11910 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
11911 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
11913 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
11919 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
11920 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
11921 which define symbols to which it refers. */
11924 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11926 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
11929 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
11933 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
11934 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
11935 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
11936 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
11939 /* Look through the section relocs. */
11941 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
11942 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
11943 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
11944 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
11946 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
11948 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
11952 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
11953 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
11958 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
11962 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
11964 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
11966 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
11970 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
11971 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
11973 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
11980 /* Scan and mark sections in a special or debug section group. */
11983 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (asection
*grp
)
11985 /* Point to first section of section group. */
11987 /* Used to iterate the section group. */
11990 bfd_boolean is_special_grp
= TRUE
;
11991 bfd_boolean is_debug_grp
= TRUE
;
11993 /* First scan to see if group contains any section other than debug
11994 and special section. */
11995 ssec
= msec
= elf_next_in_group (grp
);
11998 if ((msec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
11999 is_debug_grp
= FALSE
;
12001 if ((msec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) != 0)
12002 is_special_grp
= FALSE
;
12004 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
12006 while (msec
!= ssec
);
12008 /* If this is a pure debug section group or pure special section group,
12009 keep all sections in this group. */
12010 if (is_debug_grp
|| is_special_grp
)
12015 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
12017 while (msec
!= ssec
);
12021 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
12024 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12025 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12029 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12032 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
12033 bfd_boolean debug_frag_seen
;
12035 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12038 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept,
12039 see if any other section is already marked,
12040 and note if we have any fragmented debug sections. */
12041 debug_frag_seen
= some_kept
= FALSE
;
12042 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12044 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12046 else if (isec
->gc_mark
)
12049 if (debug_frag_seen
== FALSE
12050 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
12051 && CONST_STRNEQ (isec
->name
, ".debug_line."))
12052 debug_frag_seen
= TRUE
;
12055 /* If no section in this file will be kept, then we can
12056 toss out the debug and special sections. */
12060 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
12061 not part of a group. Also keep section groups that contain
12062 just debug sections or special sections. */
12063 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12065 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
12066 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (isec
);
12067 else if (((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
12068 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)
12069 && elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
)
12073 if (! debug_frag_seen
)
12076 /* Look for CODE sections which are going to be discarded,
12077 and find and discard any fragmented debug sections which
12078 are associated with that code section. */
12079 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12080 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12081 && isec
->gc_mark
== 0)
12086 ilen
= strlen (isec
->name
);
12088 /* Association is determined by the name of the debug section
12089 containing the name of the code section as a suffix. For
12090 example .debug_line.text.foo is a debug section associated
12092 for (dsec
= ibfd
->sections
; dsec
!= NULL
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
12096 if (dsec
->gc_mark
== 0
12097 || (dsec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
12100 dlen
= strlen (dsec
->name
);
12103 && strncmp (dsec
->name
+ (dlen
- ilen
),
12104 isec
->name
, ilen
) == 0)
12115 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
12117 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
12119 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
12120 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
12125 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
12128 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12129 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12130 && !((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
12131 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
12132 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
12133 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
12135 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
12137 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
12138 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
12139 h
->def_regular
= 0;
12140 h
->ref_regular
= 0;
12141 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
12147 /* The sweep phase of garbage collection. Remove all garbage sections. */
12149 typedef bfd_boolean (*gc_sweep_hook_fn
)
12150 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
12153 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12156 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12157 gc_sweep_hook_fn gc_sweep_hook
= bed
->gc_sweep_hook
;
12158 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
12159 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
12161 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12165 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12168 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12170 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
12171 sections in the section group. If the first member of
12172 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
12174 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12176 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
12177 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
12183 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
12184 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
12187 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
12188 to remove a section from the output. */
12189 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
12191 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
12192 _bfd_error_handler (_("Removing unused section '%s' in file '%B'"), sub
, o
->name
);
12194 /* But we also have to update some of the relocation
12195 info we collected before. */
12197 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
12198 && o
->reloc_count
!= 0
12199 && !((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
12200 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
12201 && !bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12203 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
12207 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (o
->owner
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12208 info
->keep_memory
);
12209 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12212 r
= (*gc_sweep_hook
) (o
->owner
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
12214 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
12215 free (internal_relocs
);
12223 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the dynamic
12224 symbol table. GCFIXME: Anyone know how to get them out of the
12225 static symbol table as well? */
12226 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
12227 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
12228 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
12231 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (abfd
, info
, §ion_sym_count
);
12235 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
12236 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
12239 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
12241 /* Those that are not vtables. */
12242 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
12245 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
12246 if (h
->vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
12249 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
12250 if (h
->vtable
->used
&& h
->vtable
->used
[-1])
12253 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
12254 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->vtable
->parent
, okp
);
12256 if (h
->vtable
->used
== NULL
)
12258 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
12260 h
->vtable
->used
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
12261 h
->vtable
->size
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
;
12266 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
12268 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
12269 cu
= h
->vtable
->used
;
12271 pu
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
12274 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12275 unsigned int log_file_align
;
12277 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
12278 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12279 n
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
12294 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
12297 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
12298 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
12299 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12300 unsigned int log_file_align
;
12302 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
12303 well as those that are not loaded. */
12304 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
12307 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12308 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
12310 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12311 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12312 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
12314 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
12316 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
12317 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
12318 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12320 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
12322 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
12323 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
12325 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
12326 if (h
->vtable
->used
12327 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->vtable
->size
)
12329 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
12330 if (h
->vtable
->used
[entry
])
12333 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
12334 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
12340 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
12341 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
12345 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
12347 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
12348 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
12350 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12351 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12353 || ((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
12354 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
12355 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
12356 && (!info
->executable
12357 || info
->export_dynamic
12360 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
12361 && (strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
) != NULL
12362 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
12363 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
12364 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
12369 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
12370 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
12373 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12375 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
12377 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
12379 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12381 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
12382 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
12385 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12386 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12387 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
12388 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
12392 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
12395 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12397 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
12399 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
12400 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12401 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12403 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
12404 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
12406 (*_bfd_error_handler
)(_("Warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
12410 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
12411 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
12413 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
12414 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
12415 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12418 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12420 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
12421 while (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
12423 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
12424 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
12425 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
12426 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
12427 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
12428 sec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (sec
);
12432 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
12433 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
, &ok
);
12437 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
12438 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
, &ok
);
12442 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
12443 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
12444 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
, info
);
12446 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
12447 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
12448 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12452 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12455 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
12456 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
12458 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12460 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
12461 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
12462 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
12463 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
12465 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12470 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
12471 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12473 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
12474 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
12477 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
12480 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
12482 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12485 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
12486 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
12487 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
12488 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12490 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
12491 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
12493 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12494 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
12495 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
12497 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12498 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
12500 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
12501 offset as the relocation. */
12502 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
12504 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
12505 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12506 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12507 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
12508 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
12512 (*_bfd_error_handler
) ("%B: %A+%lu: No symbol found for INHERIT",
12513 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) offset
);
12514 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
12518 if (!child
->vtable
)
12520 child
->vtable
= (struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
12521 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->vtable
));
12522 if (!child
->vtable
)
12527 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
12528 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
12529 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
12530 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
12532 child
->vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
12535 child
->vtable
->parent
= h
;
12540 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
12543 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12544 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12545 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12548 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12549 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12553 h
->vtable
= (struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
12554 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->vtable
));
12559 if (addend
>= h
->vtable
->size
)
12561 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
12562 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->vtable
->used
;
12564 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
12566 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
12567 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
12568 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
12572 if (addend
>= size
)
12574 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
12575 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
12576 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
12579 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
12581 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
12582 consolidation pass. */
12583 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
12587 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
12593 oldbytes
= (((h
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
12594 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
12595 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
12599 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
12604 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
12605 h
->vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
12606 h
->vtable
->size
= size
;
12609 h
->vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
12614 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
12618 flagword flag_value
;
12619 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
12621 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
12623 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
12624 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
12625 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
12626 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
12627 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
12628 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
12629 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
12630 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
12631 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
12632 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
12633 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
12634 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
12637 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
12639 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12640 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
12643 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
12645 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
12647 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
12648 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
12649 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
12651 int without_hex
= 0;
12653 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
12656 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
12658 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
12659 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
12661 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
12665 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
12666 with_hex
|= hexval
;
12667 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
12668 without_hex
|= hexval
;
12673 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
12675 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
12677 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
12678 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
12679 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
12680 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
12687 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12688 (_("Unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
12692 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
12693 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
12694 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
12697 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
12700 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
12706 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
12708 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
12711 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
12712 to real got offsets. */
12715 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
12717 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
12718 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
12719 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
12721 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
12723 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
12724 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
12727 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
12732 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
12733 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
12736 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
12737 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12740 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12742 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
12744 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
12746 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
12749 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
12750 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
12751 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
12754 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
12756 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
12757 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
12759 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
12760 bfd_size_type j
, locsymcount
;
12761 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12763 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12766 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
12770 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
12771 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
12772 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12774 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12776 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
12778 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
12780 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
12781 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
12784 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
12788 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
12789 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
12790 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
12791 gofarg
.info
= info
;
12792 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
12793 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
12798 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
12799 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
12802 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12804 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
12807 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
12808 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
12812 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
12814 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
12816 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
12817 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
12819 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
12821 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12823 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
12824 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
12826 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
12829 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
12830 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
12833 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
12834 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
12836 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12838 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
12840 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
12841 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
12842 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
12844 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12845 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12846 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= rcookie
->abfd
12847 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->kept_section
!= NULL
12848 || discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)))
12853 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
12854 but it could be a relocation against a local
12855 symbol for a discarded section. */
12857 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12859 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
12860 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
12861 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
12863 && (isec
->kept_section
!= NULL
12864 || discarded_section (isec
)))
12872 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
12873 Returns -1 on error, 1 if any section's size was changed, 0 if
12874 nothing changed. This function assumes that the relocations are in
12875 sorted order, which is true for all known assemblers. */
12878 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12880 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12885 if (info
->traditional_format
12886 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
12889 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".stab");
12894 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12897 || i
->reloc_count
== 0
12898 || i
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
12902 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12905 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
12908 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, i
,
12909 elf_section_data (i
)->sec_info
,
12910 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
12914 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
12918 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".eh_frame");
12923 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12929 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12932 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
12935 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
, &cookie
);
12936 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
,
12937 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
12941 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
12945 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
12947 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12949 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12952 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12954 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
)
12956 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
12959 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
12962 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
12966 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr
12967 && !info
->relocatable
12968 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
12975 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
12977 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12980 const char *name
, *key
;
12981 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
12982 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
12984 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12987 flags
= sec
->flags
;
12989 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
12990 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
12991 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
12994 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
12995 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
12996 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
12999 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
13001 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
13002 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
13003 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
13004 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
13007 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
13008 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
13009 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
13012 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
13013 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
13014 single member groups. */
13018 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
13020 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13022 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
13023 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
13024 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
13025 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
13026 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
13027 type of section. */
13028 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13029 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
13030 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
13031 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
13033 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
13034 issue a warning. */
13035 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
13038 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13040 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
13041 asection
*s
= first
;
13045 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13046 /* Record which group discards it. */
13047 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
13048 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
13049 /* These lists are circular. */
13059 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
13060 linkonce section and vice versa. */
13061 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
13063 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
13065 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
13066 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
13067 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13068 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
13069 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
13071 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13072 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
13073 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13078 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
13079 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13080 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13082 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
13085 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
13086 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
13088 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13089 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
13094 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
13095 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
13096 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
13097 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
13098 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
13099 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
13100 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
13101 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
13102 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
13103 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
13104 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
13106 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
13107 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13108 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
13109 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
13111 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
13112 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13116 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
13117 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
13118 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
13119 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13123 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
13125 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
13129 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13135 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13137 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13141 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
13142 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13143 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13144 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13145 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13147 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13148 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
13151 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
13153 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
13155 static const char *
13156 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
13158 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13161 const char *old_name
= bfd_get_section_name (NULL
, sec
);
13162 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
13164 if (old_name
== NULL
)
13167 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
13168 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
13173 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
13174 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
13175 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
13179 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
13181 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13183 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
13185 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
13187 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
13191 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, name
);
13193 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
13194 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
13201 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
13202 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
13203 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
13206 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
13207 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
13208 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
13209 string table associated with ABFD. */
13212 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
* sec
,
13214 unsigned int alignment
,
13216 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13218 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
13220 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
13222 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
13227 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
13229 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
13231 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
13232 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
13233 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
13234 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
13236 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
13237 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
13239 /* _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr chooses a section type by
13240 name. Override as it may be wrong, eg. for a user
13241 section named "auto" we'll get ".relauto" which is
13242 seen to be a .rela section. */
13243 elf_section_type (reloc_sec
) = is_rela
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
13244 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, reloc_sec
, alignment
))
13249 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
13255 /* Copy the ELF symbol type and other attributes for a linker script
13256 assignment from HSRC to HDEST. Generally this should be treated as
13257 if we found a strong non-dynamic definition for HDEST (except that
13258 ld ignores multiple definition errors). */
13260 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd
,
13261 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hdest
,
13262 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hsrc
)
13264 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hdest
;
13265 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hsrc
;
13266 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
13268 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
13269 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
13271 isym
.st_other
= ehsrc
->other
;
13272 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, ehdest
, &isym
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
13275 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
13278 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
13280 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13281 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
13282 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
13283 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
13286 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
13289 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
13291 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13292 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
13293 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
13294 bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);